blob: 0cd707e1f58d1d394341fa0f5bc5c84cc29d6006 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
John McCall2d887082010-08-25 22:03:47 +000014#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +000015#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
Douglas Gregore737f502010-08-12 20:07:10 +000016#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
17#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +000018#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
John McCall469a1eb2011-02-02 13:00:07 +000019#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +000020#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +000021#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
Steve Naroff210679c2007-08-25 14:02:58 +000022#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +000023#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
John McCall7cd088e2010-08-24 07:21:54 +000024#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Fariborz Jahaniand4266622010-06-16 18:56:04 +000026#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +000027#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000028#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +000029#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +000030#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000031#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth73e0a912011-05-01 07:23:17 +000032#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000033using namespace clang;
John McCall2a7fb272010-08-25 05:32:35 +000034using namespace sema;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000035
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +000036ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +000037 IdentifierInfo &II,
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +000038 SourceLocation NameLoc,
39 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
40 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
41 bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +000042 // Determine where to perform name lookup.
43
44 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
45 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
46 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
47 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
48 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
49 // this appears to be ill-formed:
50 //
51 // namespace N {
52 // template <typename T> struct S {
53 // ~S();
54 // };
55 // }
56 //
57 // void f(N::S<int>* s) {
58 // s->N::S<int>::~S();
59 // }
60 //
Douglas Gregor93649fd2010-02-23 00:15:22 +000061 // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +000062 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
63 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +000064 QualType SearchType;
65 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
66 bool isDependent = false;
67 bool LookInScope = false;
68
69 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
70 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
71 // we know what type we're looking for.
72 if (ObjectTypePtr)
73 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
74
75 if (SS.isSet()) {
Douglas Gregor93649fd2010-02-23 00:15:22 +000076 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS.getScopeRep();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +000077
Douglas Gregor93649fd2010-02-23 00:15:22 +000078 bool AlreadySearched = false;
79 bool LookAtPrefix = true;
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +000080 // C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +000081 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +000082 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
83 // nested-name-specifier. In a qualified-id of the form:
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +000084 //
85 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier ~ class-name
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +000086 //
87 // where the nested-name-specifier designates a namespace scope, and in
Chandler Carruth5e895a82010-02-21 10:19:54 +000088 // a qualified-id of the form:
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +000089 //
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +000090 // ::opt nested-name-specifier class-name :: ~ class-name
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +000091 //
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +000092 // the class-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +000093 // the nested-name-specifier.
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +000094 //
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +000095 // Here, we check the first case (completely) and determine whether the
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +000096 // code below is permitted to look at the prefix of the
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +000097 // nested-name-specifier.
98 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
99 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
100 AlreadySearched = true;
101 LookupCtx = DC;
102 isDependent = false;
103 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
104 LookAtPrefix = false;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000105
Sebastian Redlc0fee502010-07-07 23:17:38 +0000106 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
Douglas Gregor93649fd2010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000107 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = 0;
108 if (AlreadySearched) {
109 // Nothing left to do.
110 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
111 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
Douglas Gregor7e384942011-02-25 16:07:42 +0000112 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
Douglas Gregor93649fd2010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000113 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
114 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
Douglas Gregor93649fd2010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000115 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000116 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
117 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
118 } else {
119 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
Douglas Gregor93649fd2010-02-23 00:15:22 +0000120 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000121 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000122
Douglas Gregoredc90502010-02-25 04:46:04 +0000123 LookInScope = false;
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000124 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
125 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
126 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
127 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
128 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
129 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
130 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
131 // cv-qualified) T.
132 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
133 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000134 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000135 "Caller should have completed object type");
136
137 LookInScope = true;
138 } else {
139 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
140 LookInScope = true;
141 }
142
Douglas Gregor7ec18732011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000143 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = 0;
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000144 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
145 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
146 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
Douglas Gregor7ec18732011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000147 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000148 // we're allowed to look there).
149 Found.clear();
150 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
151 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +0000152 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000153 LookupName(Found, S);
154 else
155 continue;
156
157 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
158 if (Found.isAmbiguous())
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000159 return ParsedType();
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000160
161 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
162 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000163
164 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
165 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
166 // We found our type!
167
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000168 return ParsedType::make(T);
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000169 }
John Wiegley36784e72011-03-08 08:13:22 +0000170
Douglas Gregor7ec18732011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000171 if (!SearchType.isNull())
172 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000173 }
174
175 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
176 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
177 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
178 // this is the destructor for that class.
179 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000180 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000181 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
182 QualType MemberOfType;
183 if (SS.isSet()) {
184 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
185 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +0000186 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
187 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000188 }
189 }
190 if (MemberOfType.isNull())
191 MemberOfType = SearchType;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000192
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000193 if (MemberOfType.isNull())
194 continue;
195
196 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
197 // class template we found is the same as the template being
198 // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
199 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
200 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
201 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
202 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
203 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000204 return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000205 }
206
207 continue;
208 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000209
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000210 // We're referring to an unresolved class template
211 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
212 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
213 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
214 // has the same name.
215 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
216 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
217 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
218
219 // The class template we found is the same template being
220 // specialized.
221 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
222 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000223 return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000224
225 continue;
226 }
227
228 // The class template we found has the same name as the
229 // (dependent) template name being specialized.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000230 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000231 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
232 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
233 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000234 return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000235
236 continue;
237 }
238 }
239 }
240 }
241
242 if (isDependent) {
243 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
244 // anyway.
Douglas Gregore29425b2011-02-28 22:42:13 +0000245
246 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
247 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
248 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
249 II, NameLoc);
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000250 return ParsedType::make(T);
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000251 }
252
Douglas Gregor7ec18732011-03-04 22:32:08 +0000253 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
254 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
255 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
256 << T << SearchType;
257 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
258 << T;
259 } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
260 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000261 << &II;
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000262 else
263 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_class_name);
264
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000265 return ParsedType();
Douglas Gregor124b8782010-02-16 19:09:40 +0000266}
267
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000268/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000269ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
Douglas Gregor4eb4f0f2010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000270 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
271 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
272 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000273 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000274 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000275 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000276 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000277 // type, the class shall be completely-defined.
Douglas Gregord1c1d7b2010-06-02 06:16:02 +0000278 Qualifiers Quals;
279 QualType T
280 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
281 Quals);
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000282 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
283 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
284 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000285
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000286 return Owned(new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
287 Operand,
288 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
289}
290
291/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000292ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
Douglas Gregor4eb4f0f2010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000293 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
294 Expr *E,
295 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000296 bool isUnevaluatedOperand = true;
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000297 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
298 QualType T = E->getType();
299 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
300 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
301 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
302 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
303 // shall be completely-defined.
304 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
305 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000306
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000307 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
Sebastian Redl906082e2010-07-20 04:20:21 +0000308 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000309 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
310 // operand. [...]
Sebastian Redl906082e2010-07-20 04:20:21 +0000311 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->Classify(Context).isGLValue()) {
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000312 isUnevaluatedOperand = false;
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +0000313
314 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
315 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
316 }
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000317 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000318
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000319 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
320 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000321 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
322 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000323 // type.
Douglas Gregord1c1d7b2010-06-02 06:16:02 +0000324 Qualifiers Quals;
325 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
326 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
327 T = UnqualT;
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000328 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, CastCategory(E)).take();
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000329 }
330 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000331
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000332 // If this is an unevaluated operand, clear out the set of
333 // declaration references we have been computing and eliminate any
334 // temporaries introduced in its computation.
335 if (isUnevaluatedOperand)
336 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context = Unevaluated;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000337
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000338 return Owned(new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000339 E,
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000340 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000341}
342
343/// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000344ExprResult
Sebastian Redlc42e1182008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000345Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
346 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000347 // Find the std::type_info type.
Sebastian Redlce0682f2011-03-31 19:29:24 +0000348 if (!getStdNamespace())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000349 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
Argyrios Kyrtzidise8661902009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000350
Douglas Gregor4eb4f0f2010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000351 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
352 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
353 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
354 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
355 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
356 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
357 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
358 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000359
Douglas Gregor4eb4f0f2010-09-08 23:14:30 +0000360 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000361
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000362 if (isType) {
363 // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
364 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +0000365 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
366 &TInfo);
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000367 if (T.isNull())
368 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000369
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000370 if (!TInfo)
371 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
Sebastian Redlc42e1182008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000372
Douglas Gregor57fdc8a2010-04-26 22:37:10 +0000373 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +0000374 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000375
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000376 // The operand is an expression.
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000377 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
Sebastian Redlc42e1182008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000378}
379
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000380/// Retrieve the UuidAttr associated with QT.
381static UuidAttr *GetUuidAttrOfType(QualType QT) {
382 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
John McCallf4c73712011-01-19 06:33:43 +0000383 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();;
Francois Pichet913b7bf2010-12-20 03:51:03 +0000384 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
385 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
386 else if (QT->isArrayType())
387 Ty = cast<ArrayType>(QT)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
388
Francois Pichet8db75a22011-05-08 10:02:20 +0000389 // Loop all record redeclaration looking for an uuid attribute.
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000390 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Francois Pichet8db75a22011-05-08 10:02:20 +0000391 for (CXXRecordDecl::redecl_iterator I = RD->redecls_begin(),
392 E = RD->redecls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
393 if (UuidAttr *Uuid = I->getAttr<UuidAttr>())
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000394 return Uuid;
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000395 }
Francois Pichet8db75a22011-05-08 10:02:20 +0000396
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000397 return 0;
Francois Pichet913b7bf2010-12-20 03:51:03 +0000398}
399
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000400/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
401ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
402 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
403 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
404 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000405 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
406 if (!GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType()))
407 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
408 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000409
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000410 // FIXME: add __uuidof semantic analysis for type operand.
411 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
412 Operand,
413 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
414}
415
416/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
417ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
418 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
419 Expr *E,
420 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000421 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000422 if (!GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType()) &&
Francois Pichet6915c522010-12-27 01:32:00 +0000423 !E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
424 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
425 }
426 // FIXME: add __uuidof semantic analysis for type operand.
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000427 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
428 E,
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000429 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000430}
431
432/// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
433ExprResult
434Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
435 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000436 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000437 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
438 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
439 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
440 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
441 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
442 if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
443 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000444 }
445
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000446 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000447
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000448 if (isType) {
449 // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
450 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
451 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
452 &TInfo);
453 if (T.isNull())
454 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000455
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000456 if (!TInfo)
457 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
458
459 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
460 }
461
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000462 // The operand is an expression.
Francois Pichet01b7c302010-09-08 12:20:18 +0000463 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
464}
465
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +0000466/// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000467ExprResult
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +0000468Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Douglas Gregor2f639b92008-10-24 15:36:09 +0000469 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000470 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000471 return Owned(new (Context) CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true,
472 Context.BoolTy, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000473}
Chris Lattner50dd2892008-02-26 00:51:44 +0000474
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000475/// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000476ExprResult
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000477Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
478 return Owned(new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc));
479}
480
Chris Lattner50dd2892008-02-26 00:51:44 +0000481/// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000482ExprResult
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000483Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
Anders Carlsson729b8532011-02-23 03:46:46 +0000484 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
Anders Carlsson15348ae2011-02-28 02:27:16 +0000485 if (!getLangOptions().CXXExceptions &&
Anders Carlsson729b8532011-02-23 03:46:46 +0000486 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
Anders Carlssonb1fba312011-02-19 21:53:09 +0000487 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
Anders Carlsson7f11d9c2011-02-19 19:26:44 +0000488
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000489 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
490 ExprResult ExRes = CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, Ex);
491 if (ExRes.isInvalid())
492 return ExprError();
493 Ex = ExRes.take();
494 }
Sebastian Redl972041f2009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000495 return Owned(new (Context) CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc));
496}
497
498/// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000499ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E) {
Sebastian Redl972041f2009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000500 // C++ [except.throw]p3:
Douglas Gregor154fe982009-12-23 22:04:40 +0000501 // A throw-expression initializes a temporary object, called the exception
502 // object, the type of which is determined by removing any top-level
503 // cv-qualifiers from the static type of the operand of throw and adjusting
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000504 // the type from "array of T" or "function returning T" to "pointer to T"
Douglas Gregor154fe982009-12-23 22:04:40 +0000505 // or "pointer to function returning T", [...]
506 if (E->getType().hasQualifiers())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000507 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, E->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), CK_NoOp,
508 CastCategory(E)).take();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000509
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000510 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
511 if (Res.isInvalid())
512 return ExprError();
513 E = Res.take();
Sebastian Redl972041f2009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000514
515 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
516 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
517 QualType Ty = E->getType();
John McCallac418162010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000518 bool isPointer = false;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000519 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl972041f2009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000520 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
John McCallac418162010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000521 isPointer = true;
Sebastian Redl972041f2009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000522 }
523 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
524 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
Anders Carlssond497ba72009-08-26 22:59:12 +0000525 PDiag(isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
526 : diag::err_throw_incomplete)
527 << E->getSourceRange()))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000528 return ExprError();
Rafael Espindola7b9a5aa2010-03-02 21:28:26 +0000529
Douglas Gregorbf422f92010-04-15 18:05:39 +0000530 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
531 PDiag(diag::err_throw_abstract_type)
532 << E->getSourceRange()))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000533 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl972041f2009-04-27 20:27:31 +0000534 }
535
John McCallac418162010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000536 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out
537 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
Douglas Gregor72dfa272011-01-21 22:46:35 +0000538 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), E, false);
539
Douglas Gregorf5d8f462011-01-21 18:05:27 +0000540 // FIXME: Determine whether we can elide this copy per C++0x [class.copy]p32.
John McCallac418162010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000541 InitializedEntity Entity =
Douglas Gregor72dfa272011-01-21 22:46:35 +0000542 InitializedEntity::InitializeException(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
543 /*NRVO=*/false);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000544 Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(Entity, NRVOVariable,
545 QualType(), E);
John McCallac418162010-04-22 01:10:34 +0000546 if (Res.isInvalid())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000547 return ExprError();
548 E = Res.take();
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +0000549
Eli Friedman5ed9b932010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000550 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
551 const RecordType *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
552 if (!RecordTy)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000553 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman5ed9b932010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000554 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());
555
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +0000556 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
557 // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
Eli Friedman5ed9b932010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000558 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
559
Eli Friedman98efb9f2010-10-12 20:32:36 +0000560 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
561 if (isPointer)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000562 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman98efb9f2010-10-12 20:32:36 +0000563
Eli Friedman5ed9b932010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000564 // If the class has a non-trivial destructor, we must be able to call it.
565 if (RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000566 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman5ed9b932010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000567
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000568 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor
Douglas Gregordb89f282010-07-01 22:47:18 +0000569 = const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(LookupDestructor(RD));
Eli Friedman5ed9b932010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000570 if (!Destructor)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000571 return Owned(E);
Eli Friedman5ed9b932010-06-03 20:39:03 +0000572
573 MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
574 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000575 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000576 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner50dd2892008-02-26 00:51:44 +0000577}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000578
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000579QualType Sema::getAndCaptureCurrentThisType() {
John McCall5808ce42011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000580 // Ignore block scopes: we can capture through them.
581 // Ignore nested enum scopes: we'll diagnose non-constant expressions
582 // where they're invalid, and other uses are legitimate.
583 // Don't ignore nested class scopes: you can't use 'this' in a local class.
John McCall469a1eb2011-02-02 13:00:07 +0000584 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000585 unsigned NumBlocks = 0;
John McCall5808ce42011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000586 while (true) {
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000587 if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC)) {
588 DC = cast<BlockDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
589 ++NumBlocks;
590 } else if (isa<EnumDecl>(DC))
591 DC = cast<EnumDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
John McCall5808ce42011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000592 else break;
593 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000594
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000595 QualType ThisTy;
596 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
597 if (method && method->isInstance())
598 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
599 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
600 // C++0x [expr.prim]p4:
601 // Otherwise, if a member-declarator declares a non-static data member
602 // of a class X, the expression this is a prvalue of type "pointer to X"
603 // within the optional brace-or-equal-initializer.
604 Scope *S = getScopeForContext(DC);
605 if (!S || S->getFlags() & Scope::ThisScope)
606 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.getRecordType(RD));
607 }
John McCall469a1eb2011-02-02 13:00:07 +0000608
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000609 // Mark that we're closing on 'this' in all the block scopes we ignored.
610 if (!ThisTy.isNull())
611 for (unsigned idx = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
612 NumBlocks; --idx, --NumBlocks)
613 cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])->CapturesCXXThis = true;
John McCall469a1eb2011-02-02 13:00:07 +0000614
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000615 return ThisTy;
John McCall5808ce42011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000616}
617
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000618ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
John McCall5808ce42011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000619 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
620 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
621 /// which the function is called.
622
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000623 QualType ThisTy = getAndCaptureCurrentThisType();
624 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
John McCall5808ce42011-02-03 08:15:49 +0000625
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +0000626 return Owned(new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000627}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis987a14b2008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000628
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000629ExprResult
Douglas Gregorab6677e2010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000630Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis987a14b2008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000631 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000632 MultiExprArg exprs,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis987a14b2008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000633 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorae4c77d2010-02-05 19:11:37 +0000634 if (!TypeRep)
635 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000636
John McCall9d125032010-01-15 18:39:57 +0000637 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
638 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
639 if (!TInfo)
640 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorab6677e2010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000641
642 return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
643}
644
645/// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
646/// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
647/// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
648/// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
649ExprResult
650Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
651 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
652 MultiExprArg exprs,
653 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
654 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000655 unsigned NumExprs = exprs.size();
656 Expr **Exprs = (Expr**)exprs.get();
Douglas Gregorab6677e2010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000657 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis987a14b2008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000658 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, RParenLoc);
659
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000660 if (Ty->isDependentType() ||
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000661 CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs, NumExprs)) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000662 exprs.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000663
Douglas Gregorab6677e2010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000664 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo,
Douglas Gregord81e6ca2009-05-20 18:46:25 +0000665 LParenLoc,
666 Exprs, NumExprs,
667 RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +0000668 }
669
Anders Carlssonbb60a502009-08-27 03:53:50 +0000670 if (Ty->isArrayType())
671 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
672 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
673 if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
674 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
675 PDiag(diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use)
676 << FullRange))
677 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000678
Anders Carlssonbb60a502009-08-27 03:53:50 +0000679 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
680 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
681 return ExprError();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000682
683
Douglas Gregor506ae412009-01-16 18:33:17 +0000684 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis987a14b2008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000685 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
686 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
687 // corresponding cast expression.
688 //
689 if (NumExprs == 1) {
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +0000690 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +0000691 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +0000692 CXXCastPath BasePath;
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000693 ExprResult CastExpr =
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000694 CheckCastTypes(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
695 TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(), Ty, Exprs[0],
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000696 Kind, VK, BasePath,
697 /*FunctionalStyle=*/true);
698 if (CastExpr.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000699 return ExprError();
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +0000700 Exprs[0] = CastExpr.take();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +0000701
702 exprs.release();
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +0000703
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +0000704 return Owned(CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(Context,
Douglas Gregorab6677e2010-09-08 00:15:04 +0000705 Ty.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +0000706 VK, TInfo, TyBeginLoc, Kind,
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +0000707 Exprs[0], &BasePath,
708 RParenLoc));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis987a14b2008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000709 }
710
Douglas Gregor19311e72010-09-08 21:40:08 +0000711 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
712 InitializationKind Kind
713 = NumExprs ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc,
714 LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000715 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc,
Douglas Gregor19311e72010-09-08 21:40:08 +0000716 LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
717 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs, NumExprs);
718 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, move(exprs));
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000719
Douglas Gregor19311e72010-09-08 21:40:08 +0000720 // FIXME: Improve AST representation?
721 return move(Result);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis987a14b2008-08-22 15:38:55 +0000722}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis59210932008-09-10 02:17:11 +0000723
John McCall6ec278d2011-01-27 09:37:56 +0000724/// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual
725/// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter.
726static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
727 QualType allocType) {
728 const RecordType *record =
729 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
730 if (!record) return false;
731
732 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
733
734 DeclarationName deleteName =
735 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
736 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
737 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
738
739 // We're just doing this for information.
740 ops.suppressDiagnostics();
741
742 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
743 if (ops.empty()) return false;
744
745 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
746 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
747 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
748
749 LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter();
750 while (filter.hasNext()) {
751 NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl();
752
753 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
754 // A template instance is never a usual deallocation function,
755 // regardless of its signature.
756 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) {
757 filter.erase();
758 continue;
759 }
760
761 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
762 // If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one
763 // parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function
764 // named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the
765 // second of which has type std::size_t, then this function
766 // is a usual deallocation function.
767 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) {
768 filter.erase();
769 continue;
770 }
771 }
772 filter.done();
773
774 if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false;
775
776 const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl());
777 return (del->getNumParams() == 2);
778}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis59210932008-09-10 02:17:11 +0000779
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000780/// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4), as in e.g.:
781/// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
782/// or
783/// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
784/// For the interpretation of this heap of arguments, consult the base version.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000785ExprResult
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000786Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000787 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000788 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000789 Declarator &D, SourceLocation ConstructorLParen,
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000790 MultiExprArg ConstructorArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000791 SourceLocation ConstructorRParen) {
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000792 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto;
793
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000794 Expr *ArraySize = 0;
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000795 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
796 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
797 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
798 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000799 if (TypeContainsAuto)
800 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
801 << D.getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000802 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000803 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
804 << D.getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000805 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000806 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
807 << D.getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8ce35b02009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000808
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000809 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
Sebastian Redl8ce35b02009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000810 D.DropFirstTypeObject();
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000811 }
812
Douglas Gregor043cad22009-09-11 00:18:58 +0000813 // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
Sebastian Redl8ce35b02009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000814 if (ArraySize) {
815 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor043cad22009-09-11 00:18:58 +0000816 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
817 break;
818
819 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
820 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
821 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent() &&
822 !NumElts->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
823 Diag(D.getTypeObject(I).Loc, diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
824 << NumElts->getSourceRange();
825 return ExprError();
826 }
827 }
828 }
829 }
Sebastian Redl8ce35b02009-10-25 21:45:37 +0000830
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000831 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/0, /*OwnedDecl=*/0,
832 /*AllowAuto=*/true);
John McCallbf1a0282010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000833 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
Chris Lattnereaaebc72009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000834 if (D.isInvalidType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000835 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000836
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000837 return BuildCXXNew(StartLoc, UseGlobal,
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000838 PlacementLParen,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000839 move(PlacementArgs),
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000840 PlacementRParen,
Douglas Gregor4bd40312010-07-13 15:54:32 +0000841 TypeIdParens,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000842 AllocType,
Douglas Gregor1bb2a932010-09-07 21:49:58 +0000843 TInfo,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000844 ArraySize,
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000845 ConstructorLParen,
846 move(ConstructorArgs),
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000847 ConstructorRParen,
848 TypeContainsAuto);
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000849}
850
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000851ExprResult
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000852Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
853 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
854 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
855 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
Douglas Gregor4bd40312010-07-13 15:54:32 +0000856 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000857 QualType AllocType,
Douglas Gregor1bb2a932010-09-07 21:49:58 +0000858 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000859 Expr *ArraySize,
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +0000860 SourceLocation ConstructorLParen,
861 MultiExprArg ConstructorArgs,
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000862 SourceLocation ConstructorRParen,
863 bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
Douglas Gregor1bb2a932010-09-07 21:49:58 +0000864 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000865
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000866 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
867 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->getContainedAutoType()) {
868 if (ConstructorArgs.size() == 0)
869 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
870 << AllocType << TypeRange);
871 if (ConstructorArgs.size() != 1) {
872 Expr *FirstBad = ConstructorArgs.get()[1];
873 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
874 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
875 << AllocType << TypeRange);
876 }
Richard Smitha085da82011-03-17 16:11:59 +0000877 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
878 if (!DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, ConstructorArgs.get()[0], DeducedType))
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000879 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
880 << AllocType
881 << ConstructorArgs.get()[0]->getType()
882 << TypeRange
883 << ConstructorArgs.get()[0]->getSourceRange());
Richard Smitha085da82011-03-17 16:11:59 +0000884 if (!DeducedType)
885 return ExprError();
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000886
Richard Smitha085da82011-03-17 16:11:59 +0000887 AllocTypeInfo = DeducedType;
888 AllocType = AllocTypeInfo->getType();
Richard Smith34b41d92011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000889 }
890
Douglas Gregor3caf04e2010-05-16 16:01:03 +0000891 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
892 // typedef of an array type.
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000893 if (!ArraySize) {
Douglas Gregor3caf04e2010-05-16 16:01:03 +0000894 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
895 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9996a7f2010-08-28 09:06:06 +0000896 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
897 Context.getSizeType(),
898 TypeRange.getEnd());
Douglas Gregor3caf04e2010-05-16 16:01:03 +0000899 AllocType = Array->getElementType();
900 }
901 }
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000902
Douglas Gregora0750762010-10-06 16:00:31 +0000903 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
904 return ExprError();
905
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000906 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
907 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
908 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
909 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
910 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
911 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
912 }
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000913
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000914 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
915
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000916 // C++ 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral
917 // or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000918 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000919
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000920 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000921
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +0000922 ExprResult ConvertedSize
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000923 = ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(StartLoc, ArraySize,
Douglas Gregor6bc574d2010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000924 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_not_integral),
925 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
926 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(),
927 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion),
928 PDiag(diag::note_array_size_conversion),
929 PDiag(diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion),
930 PDiag(diag::note_array_size_conversion),
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000931 PDiag(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x? 0
Douglas Gregor6bc574d2010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000932 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion));
933 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
934 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000935
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +0000936 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.take();
Douglas Gregor6bc574d2010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000937 SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
Douglas Gregor1274ccd2010-10-08 23:50:27 +0000938 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
Douglas Gregor6bc574d2010-06-30 00:20:43 +0000939 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000940
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000941 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand.
942 // We don't care about special rules, so we tell the machinery it's not
943 // evaluated - it gives us a result in more cases.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000944 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
945 llvm::APSInt Value;
946 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, 0, false)) {
947 if (Value < llvm::APSInt(
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000948 llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()),
Anders Carlssonac18b2e2009-09-23 00:37:25 +0000949 Value.isUnsigned()))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000950 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor2767ce22010-08-18 00:39:00 +0000951 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000952 << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000953
Douglas Gregor2767ce22010-08-18 00:39:00 +0000954 if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
955 unsigned ActiveSizeBits
956 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
957 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000958 Diag(ArraySize->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor2767ce22010-08-18 00:39:00 +0000959 diag::err_array_too_large)
960 << Value.toString(10)
961 << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
962 return ExprError();
963 }
964 }
Douglas Gregor4bd40312010-07-13 15:54:32 +0000965 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
966 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
967 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
968 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
969 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
970 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000971
Douglas Gregor4bd40312010-07-13 15:54:32 +0000972 TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000973 }
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000974 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000975
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000976 // ARC: warn about ABI issues.
977 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
978 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
979 if (BaseAllocType.hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime())
980 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_err_new_delete_object_array)
981 << 0 << BaseAllocType;
982 }
983
John McCall7d166272011-05-15 07:14:44 +0000984 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can
985 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
Sebastian Redlcee63fb2008-12-02 14:43:59 +0000986 }
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000987
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +0000988 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = 0;
989 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000990 Expr **PlaceArgs = (Expr**)PlacementArgs.get();
991 unsigned NumPlaceArgs = PlacementArgs.size();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000992
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +0000993 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
994 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs) &&
995 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
Sebastian Redl00e68e22009-02-09 18:24:27 +0000996 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
997 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlaceArgs,
998 NumPlaceArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +0000999 return ExprError();
John McCall6ec278d2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001000
1001 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
1002 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
1003 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
1004 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
1005 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize
1006 = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
1007
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00001008 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian498429f2009-11-19 18:39:40 +00001009 if (OperatorNew) {
1010 // Add default arguments, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001011 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
Fariborz Jahanian498429f2009-11-19 18:39:40 +00001012 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001013 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian4cd1c702009-11-24 19:27:49 +00001014 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001015
Anders Carlsson28e94832010-05-03 02:07:56 +00001016 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew,
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001017 Proto, 1, PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs,
Anders Carlsson28e94832010-05-03 02:07:56 +00001018 AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00001019 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001020
Fariborz Jahanian498429f2009-11-19 18:39:40 +00001021 NumPlaceArgs = AllPlaceArgs.size();
1022 if (NumPlaceArgs > 0)
1023 PlaceArgs = &AllPlaceArgs[0];
1024 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001025
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001026 bool Init = ConstructorLParen.isValid();
1027 // --- Choosing a constructor ---
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001028 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001029 Expr **ConsArgs = (Expr**)ConstructorArgs.get();
1030 unsigned NumConsArgs = ConstructorArgs.size();
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00001031 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConvertedConstructorArgs(*this);
Eli Friedmana8ce9ec2009-11-08 22:15:39 +00001032
Anders Carlsson48c95012010-05-03 15:45:23 +00001033 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers.
Anders Carlsson55cbd6e2010-05-16 16:24:20 +00001034 if (NumConsArgs && (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize)) {
Anders Carlsson48c95012010-05-03 15:45:23 +00001035 SourceRange InitRange(ConsArgs[0]->getLocStart(),
1036 ConsArgs[NumConsArgs - 1]->getLocEnd());
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001037
Anders Carlsson48c95012010-05-03 15:45:23 +00001038 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
1039 return ExprError();
1040 }
1041
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001042 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1043 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ConsArgs, NumConsArgs)) {
1044 // C++0x [expr.new]p15:
1045 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1046 // object as follows:
1047 InitializationKind Kind
1048 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1049 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1050 // the object has indeterminate value
Douglas Gregor1bb2a932010-09-07 21:49:58 +00001051 = !Init? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001052 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001053 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
Douglas Gregor1bb2a932010-09-07 21:49:58 +00001054 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001055 ConstructorLParen,
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001056 ConstructorRParen);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001057
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001058 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregord6542d82009-12-22 15:35:07 +00001059 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, AllocType);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001060 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, ConsArgs, NumConsArgs);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001061 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001062 move(ConstructorArgs));
1063 if (FullInit.isInvalid())
1064 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001065
1066 // FullInit is our initializer; walk through it to determine if it's a
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001067 // constructor call, which CXXNewExpr handles directly.
1068 if (Expr *FullInitExpr = (Expr *)FullInit.get()) {
1069 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder
1070 = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInitExpr))
1071 FullInitExpr = Binder->getSubExpr();
1072 if (CXXConstructExpr *Construct
1073 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(FullInitExpr)) {
1074 Constructor = Construct->getConstructor();
1075 for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator A = Construct->arg_begin(),
1076 AEnd = Construct->arg_end();
1077 A != AEnd; ++A)
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00001078 ConvertedConstructorArgs.push_back(*A);
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001079 } else {
1080 // Take the converted initializer.
1081 ConvertedConstructorArgs.push_back(FullInit.release());
1082 }
1083 } else {
1084 // No initialization required.
1085 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001086
Douglas Gregor99a2e602009-12-16 01:38:02 +00001087 // Take the converted arguments and use them for the new expression.
Douglas Gregor39da0b82009-09-09 23:08:42 +00001088 NumConsArgs = ConvertedConstructorArgs.size();
1089 ConsArgs = (Expr **)ConvertedConstructorArgs.take();
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001090 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001091
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001092 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
1093 if (OperatorNew)
1094 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
1095 if (OperatorDelete)
1096 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
1097
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001098 // FIXME: Also check that the destructor is accessible. (C++ 5.3.4p16)
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001099
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001100 PlacementArgs.release();
1101 ConstructorArgs.release();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001102
Ted Kremenekad7fe862010-02-11 22:51:03 +00001103 return Owned(new (Context) CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew,
Douglas Gregor4bd40312010-07-13 15:54:32 +00001104 PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs, TypeIdParens,
Ted Kremenekad7fe862010-02-11 22:51:03 +00001105 ArraySize, Constructor, Init,
1106 ConsArgs, NumConsArgs, OperatorDelete,
John McCall6ec278d2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001107 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
Douglas Gregor1bb2a932010-09-07 21:49:58 +00001108 ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
1109 StartLoc,
Ted Kremenekad7fe862010-02-11 22:51:03 +00001110 Init ? ConstructorRParen :
Chandler Carruth428edaf2010-10-25 08:47:36 +00001111 TypeRange.getEnd(),
1112 ConstructorLParen, ConstructorRParen));
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001113}
1114
1115/// CheckAllocatedType - Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
1116/// in a new-expression.
1117/// dimension off and stores the size expression in ArraySize.
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001118bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001119 SourceRange R) {
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001120 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
1121 // abstract class type or array thereof.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001122 if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001123 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1124 << AllocType << 0 << R;
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001125 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001126 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1127 << AllocType << 1 << R;
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001128 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001129 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001130 PDiag(diag::err_new_incomplete_type)
1131 << R))
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001132 return true;
Douglas Gregor3433cf72009-05-21 00:00:09 +00001133 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001134 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1135 return true;
Douglas Gregora0750762010-10-06 16:00:31 +00001136 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
1137 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
1138 << AllocType;
Douglas Gregor5666d362011-04-15 19:46:20 +00001139 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
1140 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
1141 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00001142 else if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
1143 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
1144 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
1145 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1146 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
1147 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_lifetime)
1148 << BaseAllocType;
1149 }
1150 }
Douglas Gregor5666d362011-04-15 19:46:20 +00001151
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001152 return false;
1153}
1154
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001155/// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1156/// deallocation function.
1157static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(FunctionDecl *FD) {
1158 if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
1159 return false;
1160
1161 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1162 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
1163
1164 return ((FD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
1165 FD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
1166 FD->getNumParams() == 1);
1167}
1168
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001169/// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
1170/// that are appropriate for the allocation.
Sebastian Redl00e68e22009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001171bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1172 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
1173 bool IsArray, Expr **PlaceArgs,
1174 unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001175 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001176 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001177 // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
1178 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
1179 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
1180 // in the scope of the allocated class.
1181 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
1182 // operator new.
1183 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
1184 // placement form.
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001185
1186 llvm::SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + NumPlaceArgs);
1187 // We don't care about the actual value of this argument.
1188 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
1189 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9996a7f2010-08-28 09:06:06 +00001190 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
Anders Carlssond67c4c32009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001191 Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0)),
1192 Context.getSizeType(),
1193 SourceLocation());
1194 AllocArgs[0] = &Size;
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001195 std::copy(PlaceArgs, PlaceArgs + NumPlaceArgs, AllocArgs.begin() + 1);
1196
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001197 // C++ [expr.new]p8:
1198 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001199 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001200 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001201 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
1202 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001203 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1204 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001205 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1206 IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
1207
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd2932982010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001208 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1209
1210 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001211 CXXRecordDecl *Record
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd2932982010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001212 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Sebastian Redl00e68e22009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001213 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, &AllocArgs[0],
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001214 AllocArgs.size(), Record, /*AllowMissing=*/true,
1215 OperatorNew))
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001216 return true;
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001217 }
1218 if (!OperatorNew) {
1219 // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one.
1220 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001221 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Sebastian Redl00e68e22009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001222 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, &AllocArgs[0],
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001223 AllocArgs.size(), TUDecl, /*AllowMissing=*/false,
1224 OperatorNew))
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001225 return true;
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001226 }
1227
John McCall9c82afc2010-04-20 02:18:25 +00001228 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under
1229 // -fno-exceptions.
1230 if (!getLangOptions().Exceptions) {
1231 OperatorDelete = 0;
1232 return false;
1233 }
1234
Anders Carlssond9583892009-05-31 20:26:12 +00001235 // FindAllocationOverload can change the passed in arguments, so we need to
1236 // copy them back.
1237 if (NumPlaceArgs > 0)
1238 std::copy(&AllocArgs[1], AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001239
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001240 // C++ [expr.new]p19:
1241 //
1242 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001243 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001244 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001245 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001246 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
1247 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
NAKAMURA Takumi00995302011-01-27 07:09:49 +00001248 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001249 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd2932982010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001250 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001251 CXXRecordDecl *RD
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd2932982010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001252 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001253 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
1254 }
John McCall90c8c572010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001255 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
1256 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001257
1258 if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
1259 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1260 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
1261 }
1262
1263 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001264
1265 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
1266
John McCalledeb6c92010-09-14 21:34:24 +00001267 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
1268 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
1269 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like
1270 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
1271 // A *a = new A()
1272 bool isPlacementNew = (NumPlaceArgs > 0 || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1);
1273
1274 if (isPlacementNew) {
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001275 // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1276 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
1277 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
1278 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
1279 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
1280 // identical. [...]
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001281 //
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001282 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
1283 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
1284 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001285 //
1286 // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001287 QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
1288 {
1289 const FunctionProtoType *Proto
1290 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001291
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001292 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001293 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001294 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumArgs(); I < N; ++I)
1295 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getArgType(I));
1296
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001297 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
1298 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
1299
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001300 ExpectedFunctionType
1301 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes.data(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001302 ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001303 }
1304
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001305 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001306 DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1307 D != DEnd; ++D) {
1308 FunctionDecl *Fn = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001309 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001310 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
1311 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
1312 // expected function type.
1313 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, StartLoc);
1314 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, 0, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, Info))
1315 continue;
1316 } else
1317 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
1318
1319 if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001320 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001321 }
1322 } else {
1323 // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1324 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
1325 // non-placement allocation function. [...]
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001326 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001327 DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1328 D != DEnd; ++D) {
1329 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1330 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Fn))
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001331 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001332 }
1333 }
1334
1335 // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1336 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
1337 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
1338 // deallocation function will be called.
1339 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001340 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001341
1342 // C++0x [expr.new]p20:
1343 // If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual
1344 // deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered
1345 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been
1346 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
1347 // is ill-formed.
1348 if (NumPlaceArgs && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
1349 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(OperatorDelete)) {
1350 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete)
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001351 << SourceRange(PlaceArgs[0]->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001352 PlaceArgs[NumPlaceArgs - 1]->getLocEnd());
1353 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1354 << DeleteName;
John McCall90c8c572010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001355 } else {
1356 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001357 Matches[0].first);
Douglas Gregor6d908702010-02-26 05:06:18 +00001358 }
1359 }
1360
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001361 return false;
1362}
1363
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001364/// FindAllocationOverload - Find an fitting overload for the allocation
1365/// function in the specified scope.
Sebastian Redl00e68e22009-02-09 18:24:27 +00001366bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1367 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
1368 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001369 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
1370 bool Diagnose) {
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001371 LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1372 LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001373 if (R.empty()) {
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001374 if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose)
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001375 return false;
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001376 return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
Chris Lattner4330d652009-02-17 07:29:20 +00001377 << Name << Range;
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001378 }
1379
John McCall90c8c572010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001380 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1381 return true;
1382
1383 R.suppressDiagnostics();
John McCallf36e02d2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001384
John McCall5769d612010-02-08 23:07:23 +00001385 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001386 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor5d64e5b2009-09-30 00:03:47 +00001387 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001388 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
1389 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001390 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001391
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001392 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
1393 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001394 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/0, Args, NumArgs,
1395 Candidates,
1396 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregor90916562009-09-29 18:16:17 +00001397 continue;
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001398 }
1399
John McCall9aa472c2010-03-19 07:35:19 +00001400 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1401 AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, NumArgs, Candidates,
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001402 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001403 }
1404
1405 // Do the resolution.
1406 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
John McCall120d63c2010-08-24 20:38:10 +00001407 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001408 case OR_Success: {
1409 // Got one!
1410 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Chandler Carruth25ca4212011-02-25 19:41:05 +00001411 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, FnDecl);
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001412 // The first argument is size_t, and the first parameter must be size_t,
1413 // too. This is checked on declaration and can be assumed. (It can't be
1414 // asserted on, though, since invalid decls are left in there.)
John McCall90c8c572010-03-18 08:19:33 +00001415 // Watch out for variadic allocator function.
Fariborz Jahanian048f52a2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00001416 unsigned NumArgsInFnDecl = FnDecl->getNumParams();
1417 for (unsigned i = 0; (i < NumArgs && i < NumArgsInFnDecl); ++i) {
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001418 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
1419 FnDecl->getParamDecl(i));
1420
1421 if (!Diagnose && !CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, Owned(Args[i])))
1422 return true;
1423
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001424 ExprResult Result
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001425 = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Owned(Args[i]));
Douglas Gregor29ecaba2010-03-26 20:35:59 +00001426 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001427 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001428
Douglas Gregor29ecaba2010-03-26 20:35:59 +00001429 Args[i] = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001430 }
1431 Operator = FnDecl;
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001432 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), Best->FoundDecl,
1433 Diagnose);
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001434 return false;
1435 }
1436
1437 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chandler Carruth361d3802011-06-08 10:26:03 +00001438 if (Diagnose) {
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001439 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
1440 << Name << Range;
Chandler Carruth361d3802011-06-08 10:26:03 +00001441 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
1442 }
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001443 return true;
1444
1445 case OR_Ambiguous:
Chandler Carruth361d3802011-06-08 10:26:03 +00001446 if (Diagnose) {
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001447 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
1448 << Name << Range;
Chandler Carruth361d3802011-06-08 10:26:03 +00001449 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
1450 }
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001451 return true;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001452
Douglas Gregor0a0d2b12011-03-23 00:50:03 +00001453 case OR_Deleted: {
Chandler Carruth361d3802011-06-08 10:26:03 +00001454 if (Diagnose) {
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001455 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
1456 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1457 << Name
1458 << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
1459 << Range;
Chandler Carruth361d3802011-06-08 10:26:03 +00001460 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
1461 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001462 return true;
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001463 }
Douglas Gregor0a0d2b12011-03-23 00:50:03 +00001464 }
Sebastian Redl7f662392008-12-04 22:20:51 +00001465 assert(false && "Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
1466 return true;
1467}
1468
1469
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001470/// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
1471/// delete. These are:
1472/// @code
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001473/// // C++03:
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001474/// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
1475/// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
1476/// void operator delete(void *) throw();
1477/// void operator delete[](void *) throw();
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001478/// // C++0x:
1479/// void* operator new(std::size_t);
1480/// void* operator new[](std::size_t);
1481/// void operator delete(void *);
1482/// void operator delete[](void *);
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001483/// @endcode
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001484/// C++0x operator delete is implicitly noexcept.
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001485/// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
1486/// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001487void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001488 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
1489 return;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001490
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001491 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001492 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
1493 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001494 // program
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001495 //
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001496 // C++03:
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001497 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001498 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
1499 // void operator delete(void*) throw();
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001500 // void operator delete[](void*) throw();
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001501 // C++0x:
1502 // void* operator new(std::size_t);
1503 // void* operator new[](std::size_t);
1504 // void operator delete(void*);
1505 // void operator delete[](void*);
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001506 //
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001507 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001508 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
1509 //
1510 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
1511 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
1512 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
1513 // lookup.
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001514 // Note that the C++0x versions of operator delete are deallocation functions,
1515 // and thus are implicitly noexcept.
1516 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001517 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
1518 // implicitly.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001519 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
1520 getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00001521 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001522 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
Abramo Bagnaraba877ad2011-03-09 14:09:51 +00001523 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis76c38d32010-08-02 07:14:54 +00001524 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001525 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001526
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001527 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
1528
1529 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
1530 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
Nuno Lopesfc284482009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001531 bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOptions().AssumeSaneOperatorNew;
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001532
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001533 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1534 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New),
Nuno Lopesfc284482009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001535 VoidPtr, SizeT, AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001536 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1537 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New),
Nuno Lopesfc284482009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001538 VoidPtr, SizeT, AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001539 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1540 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
1541 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
1542 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
1543 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
1544 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
1545}
1546
1547/// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
1548/// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
1549void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
Nuno Lopesfc284482009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001550 QualType Return, QualType Argument,
1551 bool AddMallocAttr) {
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001552 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1553
1554 // Check if this function is already declared.
Douglas Gregor6ed40e32008-12-23 21:05:05 +00001555 {
Douglas Gregor5cc37092008-12-23 22:05:29 +00001556 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc, AllocEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001557 for (llvm::tie(Alloc, AllocEnd) = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
Douglas Gregor6ed40e32008-12-23 21:05:05 +00001558 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001559 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
1560 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
1561 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
1562 QualType InitialParamType =
Douglas Gregor6e790ab2009-12-22 23:42:49 +00001563 Context.getCanonicalType(
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001564 Func->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
1565 // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here?
Douglas Gregor7b868622010-08-18 15:06:25 +00001566 if (Func->getNumParams() == 1 && InitialParamType == Argument) {
1567 if(AddMallocAttr && !Func->hasAttr<MallocAttr>())
Sean Huntcf807c42010-08-18 23:23:40 +00001568 Func->addAttr(::new (Context) MallocAttr(SourceLocation(), Context));
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001569 return;
Douglas Gregor7b868622010-08-18 15:06:25 +00001570 }
Chandler Carruth4a73ea92010-02-03 11:02:14 +00001571 }
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001572 }
1573 }
1574
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001575 QualType BadAllocType;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001576 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001577 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
1578 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001579 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001580 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis76c38d32010-08-02 07:14:54 +00001581 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
Douglas Gregor7adb10f2009-09-15 22:30:29 +00001582 }
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001583
1584 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001585 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001586 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
1587 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_Dynamic;
1588 EPI.NumExceptions = 1;
1589 EPI.Exceptions = &BadAllocType;
1590 }
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00001591 } else {
Sebastian Redl8999fe12011-03-14 18:08:30 +00001592 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x ?
1593 EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001594 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001595
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001596 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, &Argument, 1, EPI);
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001597 FunctionDecl *Alloc =
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00001598 FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
1599 SourceLocation(), Name,
John McCalld931b082010-08-26 03:08:43 +00001600 FnType, /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None,
1601 SC_None, false, true);
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001602 Alloc->setImplicit();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001603
Nuno Lopesfc284482009-12-16 16:59:22 +00001604 if (AddMallocAttr)
Sean Huntcf807c42010-08-18 23:23:40 +00001605 Alloc->addAttr(::new (Context) MallocAttr(SourceLocation(), Context));
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001606
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001607 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(),
Abramo Bagnaraff676cb2011-03-08 08:55:46 +00001608 SourceLocation(), 0,
1609 Argument, /*TInfo=*/0,
1610 SC_None, SC_None, 0);
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00001611 Alloc->setParams(&Param, 1);
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001612
Douglas Gregor6ed40e32008-12-23 21:05:05 +00001613 // FIXME: Also add this declaration to the IdentifierResolver, but
1614 // make sure it is at the end of the chain to coincide with the
1615 // global scope.
John McCall5f1e0942010-08-24 08:50:51 +00001616 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
Sebastian Redlb5a57a62008-12-03 20:26:15 +00001617}
1618
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001619bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
1620 DeclarationName Name,
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001621 FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) {
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001622 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001623 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001624 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001625
John McCalla24dc2e2009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001626 if (Found.isAmbiguous())
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001627 return true;
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001628
Chandler Carruth23893242010-06-28 00:30:51 +00001629 Found.suppressDiagnostics();
1630
John McCall046a7462010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001631 llvm::SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches;
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001632 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
1633 F != FEnd; ++F) {
Chandler Carruth09556fd2010-08-08 07:04:00 +00001634 NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1635
1636 // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual
1637 // deallocation function.
1638 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
1639 continue;
1640
1641 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction())
John McCall046a7462010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001642 Matches.push_back(F.getPair());
1643 }
1644
1645 // There's exactly one suitable operator; pick it.
1646 if (Matches.size() == 1) {
1647 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001648
1649 if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
1650 if (Diagnose) {
1651 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
1652 Diag(Operator->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
1653 }
1654 return true;
1655 }
1656
John McCall046a7462010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001657 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001658 Matches[0], Diagnose);
John McCall046a7462010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001659 return false;
1660
1661 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
1662 } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001663 if (Diagnose) {
Sean Huntcb45a0f2011-05-12 22:46:25 +00001664 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
1665 << Name << RD;
John McCall046a7462010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001666
Sean Huntcb45a0f2011-05-12 22:46:25 +00001667 for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
1668 F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
1669 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
1670 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
1671 }
John McCall046a7462010-08-04 00:31:26 +00001672 return true;
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001673 }
1674
1675 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
1676 // none of them were suitable.
1677 if (!Found.empty()) {
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001678 if (Diagnose) {
Sean Huntcb45a0f2011-05-12 22:46:25 +00001679 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
1680 << Name << RD;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001681
Sean Huntcb45a0f2011-05-12 22:46:25 +00001682 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
1683 F != FEnd; ++F)
1684 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
1685 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
1686 }
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001687 return true;
1688 }
1689
1690 // Look for a global declaration.
1691 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1692 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001693
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001694 CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr Null(Context.VoidPtrTy, SourceLocation());
1695 Expr* DeallocArgs[1];
1696 DeallocArgs[0] = &Null;
1697 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Name,
Sean Hunt2be7e902011-05-12 22:46:29 +00001698 DeallocArgs, 1, TUDecl, !Diagnose,
1699 Operator, Diagnose))
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001700 return true;
1701
1702 assert(Operator && "Did not find a deallocation function!");
1703 return false;
1704}
1705
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001706/// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
1707/// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
1708/// or
1709/// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001710ExprResult
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001711Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001712 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
Douglas Gregor9cd9f3f2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001713 // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
1714 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
1715 // conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type void.
1716 //
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001717 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
1718
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001719 ExprResult Ex = Owned(ExE);
Anders Carlssond67c4c32009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001720 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4076dac2010-09-13 20:15:54 +00001721 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
John McCall6ec278d2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001722 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001723
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001724 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
1725 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001726
Douglas Gregor9cd9f3f2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001727 if (const RecordType *Record = Type->getAs<RecordType>()) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001728 if (RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Type,
Douglas Gregor254a9422010-07-29 14:44:35 +00001729 PDiag(diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type)))
1730 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001731
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001732 llvm::SmallVector<CXXConversionDecl*, 4> ObjectPtrConversions;
1733
Fariborz Jahanian53462782009-09-11 21:44:33 +00001734 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001735 const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions = RD->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001736 for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
John McCallba135432009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001737 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001738 NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
1739 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1740 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1741
Douglas Gregor9cd9f3f2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001742 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't considered.
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001743 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor9cd9f3f2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001744 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001745
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001746 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001747
Douglas Gregor9cd9f3f2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001748 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
1749 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
Eli Friedman13578692010-08-05 02:49:48 +00001750 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Fariborz Jahanian8b915e72009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001751 ObjectPtrConversions.push_back(Conv);
Douglas Gregor9cd9f3f2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001752 }
Fariborz Jahanian8b915e72009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001753 if (ObjectPtrConversions.size() == 1) {
1754 // We have a single conversion to a pointer-to-object type. Perform
1755 // that conversion.
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001756 // TODO: don't redo the conversion calculation.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001757 ExprResult Res =
1758 PerformImplicitConversion(Ex.get(),
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001759 ObjectPtrConversions.front()->getConversionType(),
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001760 AA_Converting);
1761 if (Res.isUsable()) {
1762 Ex = move(Res);
1763 Type = Ex.get()->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian8b915e72009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001764 }
1765 }
1766 else if (ObjectPtrConversions.size() > 1) {
1767 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001768 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
John McCall32daa422010-03-31 01:36:47 +00001769 for (unsigned i= 0; i < ObjectPtrConversions.size(); i++)
1770 NoteOverloadCandidate(ObjectPtrConversions[i]);
Fariborz Jahanian8b915e72009-09-15 22:15:23 +00001771 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9cd9f3f2009-09-09 23:39:55 +00001772 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001773 }
1774
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001775 if (!Type->isPointerType())
1776 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001777 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001778
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001779 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor94a61572010-05-24 17:01:56 +00001780 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001781 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
Douglas Gregor94a61572010-05-24 17:01:56 +00001782 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
1783 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
1784 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001785 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor94a61572010-05-24 17:01:56 +00001786 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001787 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001788 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00001789 else if (!Pointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001790 RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001791 PDiag(diag::warn_delete_incomplete)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001792 << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00001793 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5666d362011-04-15 19:46:20 +00001794 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
1795 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
1796 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
1797 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
Douglas Gregor1070c9f2009-09-29 21:38:53 +00001798 // C++ [expr.delete]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001799 // [Note: a pointer to a const type can be the operand of a
1800 // delete-expression; it is not necessary to cast away the constness
1801 // (5.2.11) of the pointer expression before it is used as the operand
Douglas Gregor1070c9f2009-09-29 21:38:53 +00001802 // of the delete-expression. ]
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00001803 if (!Context.hasSameType(Ex.get()->getType(), Context.VoidPtrTy))
1804 Ex = Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, Context.VoidPtrTy, CK_NoOp,
1805 Ex.take(), 0, VK_RValue));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4076dac2010-09-13 20:15:54 +00001806
1807 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
1808 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001809 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4076dac2010-09-13 20:15:54 +00001810 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
1811 ArrayForm = true;
1812 }
1813
Anders Carlssond67c4c32009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001814 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1815 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
1816
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd2932982010-08-25 23:14:56 +00001817 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
1818 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001819 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
1820
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001821 if (!UseGlobal &&
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001822 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, RD, DeleteName, OperatorDelete))
Anders Carlsson0ba63ea2009-11-14 03:17:38 +00001823 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001824
John McCall6ec278d2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001825 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
1826 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
1827 if (ArrayForm) {
1828 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
1829 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
1830 if (UseGlobal)
1831 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
1832 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
1833
1834 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
1835 // function we just found.
1836 else if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
1837 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2);
1838 }
1839
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001840 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
Douglas Gregor9b623632010-10-12 23:32:35 +00001841 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001842 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian34374e62009-09-03 23:18:17 +00001843 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
Douglas Gregor9b623632010-10-12 23:32:35 +00001844 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc);
1845 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6f0074a2011-05-24 19:53:26 +00001846
1847 // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
1848 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
1849 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
1850 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
1851 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
1852 // behavior is undefined.
1853 //
1854 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
1855 if (!ArrayForm && RD->isPolymorphic() && !RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) {
1856 CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = RD->getDestructor();
1857 if (!dtor || !dtor->isVirtual())
1858 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << PointeeElem;
1859 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00001860
1861 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
1862 PointeeElem->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
1863 (PointeeElem.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
1864 PointeeElem.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) &&
1865 ArrayForm) {
1866 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_err_new_delete_object_array)
1867 << 1 << PointeeElem;
Anders Carlssond67c4c32009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001868 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001869
Anders Carlssond67c4c32009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001870 if (!OperatorDelete) {
Anders Carlsson78f74552009-11-15 18:45:20 +00001871 // Look for a global declaration.
Anders Carlssond67c4c32009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001872 DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1873 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001874 Expr *Arg = Ex.get();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001875 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, SourceRange(), DeleteName,
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001876 &Arg, 1, TUDecl, /*AllowMissing=*/false,
Anders Carlssond67c4c32009-08-16 20:29:29 +00001877 OperatorDelete))
1878 return ExprError();
1879 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001880
John McCall9c82afc2010-04-20 02:18:25 +00001881 MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
John McCall6ec278d2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001882
Douglas Gregord880f522011-02-01 15:50:11 +00001883 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
1884 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1885 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
1886 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001887 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
Douglas Gregord880f522011-02-01 15:50:11 +00001888 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
1889 }
1890 }
1891
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001892 }
1893
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00001894 return Owned(new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm,
John McCall6ec278d2011-01-27 09:37:56 +00001895 ArrayFormAsWritten,
1896 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001897 OperatorDelete, Ex.take(), StartLoc));
Sebastian Redl4c5d3202008-11-21 19:14:01 +00001898}
1899
Douglas Gregor8cfe5a72009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001900/// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
1901/// while, do-while, or switch statement.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00001902ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00001903 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
1904 bool ConvertToBoolean) {
Douglas Gregor8cfe5a72009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001905 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001906
Douglas Gregor8cfe5a72009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001907 // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
1908 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
1909 if (T->isFunctionType())
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001910 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
Douglas Gregor8cfe5a72009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001911 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
1912 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
1913 else if (T->isArrayType())
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001914 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
Douglas Gregor8cfe5a72009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001915 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
1916 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregora7605db2009-11-24 16:07:02 +00001917
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001918 ExprResult Condition =
1919 Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
Douglas Gregor40d96a62011-02-28 21:54:11 +00001920 ConditionVar,
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001921 ConditionVar->getLocation(),
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00001922 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001923 VK_LValue));
1924 if (ConvertToBoolean) {
1925 Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.take(), StmtLoc);
1926 if (Condition.isInvalid())
1927 return ExprError();
1928 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001929
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001930 return move(Condition);
Douglas Gregor8cfe5a72009-11-23 23:44:04 +00001931}
1932
Argyrios Kyrtzidis59210932008-09-10 02:17:11 +00001933/// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00001934ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis59210932008-09-10 02:17:11 +00001935 // C++ 6.4p4:
1936 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
1937 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
1938 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
1939 // program is ill-formed.
1940 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
1941 // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
1942 //
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001943 return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis59210932008-09-10 02:17:11 +00001944}
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00001945
1946/// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
1947/// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
1948/// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
1949/// respectively).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001950bool
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00001951Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
1952 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
1953 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
1954 From = Cast->getSubExpr();
1955
1956 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
1957 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
1958 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
1959 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
Douglas Gregor1984eb92010-06-22 23:47:37 +00001960 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001961 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001962 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001963 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00001964 // This conversion is considered only when there is an
1965 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001966 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers() &&
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00001967 ((StrLit->isWide() && ToPointeeType->isWideCharType()) ||
1968 (!StrLit->isWide() &&
1969 (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
1970 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S))))
1971 return true;
1972 }
1973
1974 return false;
1975}
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001976
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001977static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001978 SourceLocation CastLoc,
1979 QualType Ty,
1980 CastKind Kind,
1981 CXXMethodDecl *Method,
Douglas Gregor83eecbe2011-01-20 01:32:05 +00001982 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001983 Expr *From) {
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001984 switch (Kind) {
1985 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled cast kind!");
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00001986 case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00001987 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConstructorArgs(S);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001988
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001989 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
John McCallf312b1e2010-08-26 23:41:50 +00001990 MultiExprArg(&From, 1),
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001991 CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
John McCallf312b1e2010-08-26 23:41:50 +00001992 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001993
1994 ExprResult Result =
1995 S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
John McCall7a1fad32010-08-24 07:32:53 +00001996 move_arg(ConstructorArgs),
Chandler Carruth428edaf2010-10-25 08:47:36 +00001997 /*ZeroInit*/ false, CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
1998 SourceRange());
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00001999 if (Result.isInvalid())
John McCallf312b1e2010-08-26 23:41:50 +00002000 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002001
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002002 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.takeAs<Expr>());
2003 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002004
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002005 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002006 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002007
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002008 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
Douglas Gregor83eecbe2011-01-20 01:32:05 +00002009 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Method);
Douglas Gregorf2ae5262011-01-20 00:18:04 +00002010 if (Result.isInvalid())
2011 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002012
Douglas Gregorf2ae5262011-01-20 00:18:04 +00002013 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002014 }
2015 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002016}
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002017
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002018/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
2019/// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002020/// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
Douglas Gregor68647482009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002021/// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002022/// used in the error message.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002023ExprResult
2024Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002025 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002026 AssignmentAction Action,
2027 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002028 switch (ICS.getKind()) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002029 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
2030 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002031 Action, CCK);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002032 if (Res.isInvalid())
2033 return ExprError();
2034 From = Res.take();
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002035 break;
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002036 }
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002037
Anders Carlssonf6c213a2009-09-15 06:28:28 +00002038 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002039
Fariborz Jahanian7fe5d722009-08-28 22:04:50 +00002040 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002041 CastKind CastKind;
Anders Carlssonf6c213a2009-09-15 06:28:28 +00002042 QualType BeforeToType;
2043 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002044 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002045
Anders Carlssonf6c213a2009-09-15 06:28:28 +00002046 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
2047 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
2048 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
2049 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
John McCall9ec94452010-12-04 09:57:16 +00002050 } else {
2051 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002052 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002053 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
Douglas Gregore44201a2009-11-20 02:31:03 +00002054 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002055 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002056 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to the
2057 // type required by the argument of the constructor
Douglas Gregore44201a2009-11-20 02:31:03 +00002058 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
2059 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002060 }
Douglas Gregora3998bd2010-12-02 21:47:04 +00002061 // Watch out for elipsis conversion.
Fariborz Jahanian4c0cea22009-11-06 00:55:14 +00002062 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002063 ExprResult Res =
2064 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
2065 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002066 CCK);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002067 if (Res.isInvalid())
2068 return ExprError();
2069 From = Res.take();
Fariborz Jahanian966256a2009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002070 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002071
2072 ExprResult CastArg
Douglas Gregorba70ab62010-04-16 22:17:36 +00002073 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
2074 From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00002075 ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
Douglas Gregor83eecbe2011-01-20 01:32:05 +00002076 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
2077 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00002078 From);
Anders Carlsson0aebc812009-09-09 21:33:21 +00002079
2080 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002081 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmand8889622009-11-27 04:41:50 +00002082
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002083 From = CastArg.take();
Eli Friedmand8889622009-11-27 04:41:50 +00002084
Eli Friedmand8889622009-11-27 04:41:50 +00002085 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002086 AA_Converting, CCK);
Fariborz Jahanian93034ca2009-10-16 19:20:59 +00002087 }
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002088
2089 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
John McCall120d63c2010-08-24 20:38:10 +00002090 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
John McCall1d318332010-01-12 00:44:57 +00002091 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
2092 << From->getSourceRange());
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002093 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002094
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002095 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
2096 assert(false && "Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002097 return Owned(From);
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002098
2099 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002100 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002101 }
2102
2103 // Everything went well.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002104 return Owned(From);
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002105}
2106
2107/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
2108/// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002109/// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002110/// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
2111/// conversion, for use in error messages.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002112ExprResult
2113Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002114 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002115 AssignmentAction Action,
2116 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
2117 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
2118
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002119 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
2120 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
2121 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
2122 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002123 QualType FromType = From->getType();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002124
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002125 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
Anders Carlsson7c3e8a12009-05-19 04:45:15 +00002126 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
2127 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
Fariborz Jahanianb3c47742009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002128 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00002129 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConstructorArgs(*this);
Fariborz Jahanianb3c47742009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002130 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00002131 MultiExprArg(*this, &From, 1),
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002132 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahanianb3c47742009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002133 ConstructorArgs))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002134 return ExprError();
2135 return BuildCXXConstructExpr(/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
2136 ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
2137 move_arg(ConstructorArgs),
2138 /*ZeroInit*/ false,
2139 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
2140 SourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb3c47742009-09-25 18:59:21 +00002141 }
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002142 return BuildCXXConstructExpr(/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
2143 ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
2144 MultiExprArg(*this, &From, 1),
2145 /*ZeroInit*/ false,
2146 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
2147 SourceRange());
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002148 }
2149
Douglas Gregorad4e02f2010-04-29 18:24:40 +00002150 // Resolve overloaded function references.
2151 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
2152 DeclAccessPair Found;
2153 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
2154 true, Found);
2155 if (!Fn)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002156 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorad4e02f2010-04-29 18:24:40 +00002157
2158 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002159 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002160
Douglas Gregorad4e02f2010-04-29 18:24:40 +00002161 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
2162 FromType = From->getType();
2163 }
2164
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002165 // Perform the first implicit conversion.
2166 switch (SCS.First) {
2167 case ICK_Identity:
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002168 // Nothing to do.
2169 break;
2170
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00002171 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
2172 // Should this get its own ICK?
2173 if (From->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002174 ExprResult FromRes = ConvertPropertyForRValue(From);
2175 if (FromRes.isInvalid())
2176 return ExprError();
2177 From = FromRes.take();
John McCall241d5582010-12-07 22:54:16 +00002178 if (!From->isGLValue()) break;
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00002179 }
2180
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00002181 // Check for trivial buffer overflows.
Ted Kremenek3aea4da2011-03-01 18:41:00 +00002182 CheckArrayAccess(From);
Chandler Carruth35001ca2011-02-17 21:10:52 +00002183
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00002184 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
2185 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_LValueToRValue,
2186 From, 0, VK_RValue);
2187 break;
2188
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002189 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002190 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002191 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
2192 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002193 break;
2194
2195 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002196 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002197 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
2198 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002199 break;
2200
2201 default:
2202 assert(false && "Improper first standard conversion");
2203 break;
2204 }
2205
2206 // Perform the second implicit conversion
2207 switch (SCS.Second) {
2208 case ICK_Identity:
Sebastian Redl2c7588f2009-10-10 12:04:10 +00002209 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
2210 // be incompatible exception declarations.
2211 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002212 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl2c7588f2009-10-10 12:04:10 +00002213 // Nothing else to do.
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002214 break;
2215
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00002216 case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
2217 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
2218 // be incompatible exception declarations.
2219 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002220 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002221
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002222 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
2223 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00002224 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002225
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002226 case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002227 case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002228 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
2229 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002230 break;
2231
2232 case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002233 case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002234 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
2235 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002236 break;
2237
2238 case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002239 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
2240 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
2241 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
2242 CastKind CK;
2243 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
2244 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
2245 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
2246 else
2247 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
2248 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
2249 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
2250 } else {
2251 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
2252 }
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002253 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
2254 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002255 break;
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002256 }
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002257
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002258 case ICK_Floating_Integral:
Douglas Gregor0c293ea2010-06-22 23:07:26 +00002259 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002260 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
2261 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002262 else
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002263 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
2264 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002265 break;
2266
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002267 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002268 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
2269 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002270 break;
2271
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002272 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002273 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
Douglas Gregora3998bd2010-12-02 21:47:04 +00002274 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002275 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
Douglas Gregor8cf0d222011-06-11 04:42:12 +00002276 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
Fariborz Jahanian84950c72011-03-21 19:08:42 +00002277 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2278 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
2279 << ToType << From->getType() << Action
2280 << From->getSourceRange();
2281 else
2282 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2283 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
2284 << From->getType() << ToType << Action
2285 << From->getSourceRange();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002286
Douglas Gregor926df6c2011-06-11 01:09:30 +00002287 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2288 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2289 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002290 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002291
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002292 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00002293 CXXCastPath BasePath;
Douglas Gregor14d0aee2011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002294 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002295 return ExprError();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002296 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
2297 .take();
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002298 break;
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002299 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002300
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002301 case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002302 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00002303 CXXCastPath BasePath;
Douglas Gregor14d0aee2011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002304 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002305 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl2c7588f2009-10-10 12:04:10 +00002306 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002307 return ExprError();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002308 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
2309 .take();
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00002310 break;
2311 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002312
Abramo Bagnara737d5442011-04-07 09:26:19 +00002313 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002314 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002315 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
2316 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002317 break;
2318
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002319 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00002320 CXXCastPath BasePath;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002321 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
Douglas Gregorb7a86f52009-11-06 01:02:41 +00002322 ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
2323 From->getLocStart(),
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002324 From->getSourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002325 &BasePath,
Douglas Gregor14d0aee2011-01-27 00:58:17 +00002326 CStyle))
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002327 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002328
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002329 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
John McCall2de56d12010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002330 CK_DerivedToBase, CastCategory(From),
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002331 &BasePath, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregorb7a86f52009-11-06 01:02:41 +00002332 break;
Douglas Gregor6fb745b2010-05-13 16:44:06 +00002333 }
2334
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002335 case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002336 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
2337 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002338 break;
2339
2340 case ICK_Vector_Splat:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002341 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_VectorSplat,
2342 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002343 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002344
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002345 case ICK_Complex_Real:
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002346 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y
2347 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
2348 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
2349 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
2350
2351 // x -> y
2352 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
2353 // do nothing
2354 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002355 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
2356 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).take();
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002357 } else {
2358 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002359 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
2360 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).take();
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002361 }
2362 // y -> _Complex y
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002363 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002364 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002365 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).take();
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002366
2367 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y
2368 } else {
2369 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
2370 assert(FromComplex);
2371
2372 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
2373 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
2374
2375 // _Complex x -> x
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002376 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002377 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002378 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
2379 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002380
2381 // x -> y
2382 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
2383 // do nothing
2384 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002385 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002386 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
2387 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002388 } else {
2389 assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002390 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002391 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
2392 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
John McCalldaa8e4e2010-11-15 09:13:47 +00002393 }
2394 }
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002395 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane3c8c642011-02-12 19:07:46 +00002396
2397 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002398 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
2399 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
2400 break;
2401 }
Fariborz Jahaniane3c8c642011-02-12 19:07:46 +00002402
Fariborz Jahaniand97f5582011-03-23 19:50:54 +00002403 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002404 ExprResult FromRes = Owned(From);
Fariborz Jahaniand97f5582011-03-23 19:50:54 +00002405 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002406 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
2407 if (FromRes.isInvalid())
2408 return ExprError();
2409 From = FromRes.take();
Fariborz Jahaniand97f5582011-03-23 19:50:54 +00002410 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
2411 "Improper transparent union conversion");
2412 (void)ConvTy;
2413 break;
2414 }
2415
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002416 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
2417 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
2418 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
2419 case ICK_Qualification:
2420 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002421 assert(false && "Improper second standard conversion");
2422 break;
2423 }
2424
2425 switch (SCS.Third) {
2426 case ICK_Identity:
2427 // Nothing to do.
2428 break;
2429
Sebastian Redl906082e2010-07-20 04:20:21 +00002430 case ICK_Qualification: {
2431 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
2432 // target type isn't a reference.
John McCall5baba9d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00002433 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
2434 CastCategory(From) : VK_RValue;
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002435 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002436 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
Douglas Gregora9bff302010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002437
Douglas Gregor069a6da2011-03-14 16:13:32 +00002438 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
2439 !getLangOptions().WritableStrings)
Douglas Gregora9bff302010-02-28 18:30:25 +00002440 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
2441 << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
2442
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002443 break;
Sebastian Redl906082e2010-07-20 04:20:21 +00002444 }
2445
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002446 default:
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00002447 assert(false && "Improper third standard conversion");
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002448 break;
2449 }
2450
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00002451 return Owned(From);
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002452}
2453
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002454ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
Douglas Gregor3d37c0a2010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002455 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2456 ParsedType Ty,
2457 SourceLocation RParen) {
2458 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
2459 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002460
Douglas Gregor3d37c0a2010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002461 if (!TSInfo)
2462 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002463 return BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UTT, KWLoc, TSInfo, RParen);
Douglas Gregor3d37c0a2010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002464}
2465
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002466/// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
2467///
2468/// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
2469/// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
2470/// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
2471/// returns true.
2472static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S,
2473 UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
2474 SourceLocation Loc,
2475 QualType ArgTy) {
2476 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
2477 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
2478 // that template with a template argument that is a class template
2479 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
2480 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
2481 // must be a complete type.
2482 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
2483 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
2484 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
2485 switch (UTT) {
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002486 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
2487 case UTT_IsCompleteType:
Chandler Carruthd6efe9b2011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002488 // Fall-through
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002489
2490 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
2491 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
2492 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
2493 // impacted by the completeness of the type.
2494 case UTT_IsVoid:
2495 case UTT_IsIntegral:
2496 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
2497 case UTT_IsArray:
2498 case UTT_IsPointer:
2499 case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
2500 case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
2501 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
2502 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
2503 case UTT_IsEnum:
2504 case UTT_IsUnion:
2505 case UTT_IsClass:
2506 case UTT_IsFunction:
2507 case UTT_IsReference:
2508 case UTT_IsArithmetic:
2509 case UTT_IsFundamental:
2510 case UTT_IsObject:
2511 case UTT_IsScalar:
2512 case UTT_IsCompound:
2513 case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
Chandler Carruthd6efe9b2011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002514 // Fall-through
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002515
2516 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
2517 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
2518 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
2519 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
2520 // Table 49.
2521 case UTT_IsConst:
2522 case UTT_IsVolatile:
2523 case UTT_IsSigned:
2524 case UTT_IsUnsigned:
2525 return true;
2526
2527 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
Chandler Carruthd6efe9b2011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002528 // applied to a complete type.
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002529 case UTT_IsTrivial:
Sean Huntfeb375d2011-05-13 00:31:07 +00002530 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002531 case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
2532 case UTT_IsPOD:
2533 case UTT_IsLiteral:
2534 case UTT_IsEmpty:
2535 case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
2536 case UTT_IsAbstract:
Chandler Carruthd6efe9b2011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002537 // Fall-through
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002538
Chandler Carruthd6efe9b2011-05-01 19:18:02 +00002539 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002540 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
2541 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
2542 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
2543 // requiring the complete type.
2544 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
2545 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
2546 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
2547 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00002548 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002549 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
2550 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
2551 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
2552 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
2553 QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
2554 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
2555 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
2556
2557 // The void type is expressly allowed.
2558 if (ElTy->isVoidType())
2559 return true;
2560
2561 return !S.RequireCompleteType(
2562 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
John Wiegleycf566412011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002563 }
Chandler Carruth73e0a912011-05-01 07:23:17 +00002564 llvm_unreachable("Type trait not handled by switch");
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002565}
2566
2567static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
2568 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
Chandler Carruthd064c702011-05-01 08:41:10 +00002569 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
John Wiegleycf566412011-04-28 02:06:46 +00002570
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002571 ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
2572 switch(UTT) {
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002573 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
2574 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
2575 case UTT_IsVoid:
2576 return T->isVoidType();
2577 case UTT_IsIntegral:
2578 return T->isIntegralType(C);
2579 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
2580 return T->isFloatingType();
2581 case UTT_IsArray:
2582 return T->isArrayType();
2583 case UTT_IsPointer:
2584 return T->isPointerType();
2585 case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
2586 return T->isLValueReferenceType();
2587 case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
2588 return T->isRValueReferenceType();
2589 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
2590 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
2591 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
2592 return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
2593 case UTT_IsEnum:
2594 return T->isEnumeralType();
Chandler Carruth28eeb382011-05-01 06:11:03 +00002595 case UTT_IsUnion:
Chandler Carruthaaf147b2011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002596 return T->isUnionType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002597 case UTT_IsClass:
Chandler Carruthaaf147b2011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002598 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002599 case UTT_IsFunction:
2600 return T->isFunctionType();
2601
2602 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
2603 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
2604 case UTT_IsReference:
2605 return T->isReferenceType();
2606 case UTT_IsArithmetic:
Chandler Carruthaaf147b2011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002607 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002608 case UTT_IsFundamental:
Chandler Carruthaaf147b2011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002609 return T->isFundamentalType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002610 case UTT_IsObject:
Chandler Carruthaaf147b2011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002611 return T->isObjectType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002612 case UTT_IsScalar:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002613 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
2614 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
2615 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
2616 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
2617 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
2618 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
2619 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
2620 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
2621 return true;
2622
2623 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
2624 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
2625 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
2626 return false;
2627 }
2628 }
2629
Chandler Carruthcec0ced2011-05-01 09:29:55 +00002630 return T->isScalarType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002631 case UTT_IsCompound:
Chandler Carruthaaf147b2011-05-01 09:29:58 +00002632 return T->isCompoundType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002633 case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
2634 return T->isMemberPointerType();
2635
2636 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
2637 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
2638 case UTT_IsConst:
2639 return T.isConstQualified();
2640 case UTT_IsVolatile:
2641 return T.isVolatileQualified();
2642 case UTT_IsTrivial:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002643 return T.isTrivialType(Self.Context);
Sean Huntfeb375d2011-05-13 00:31:07 +00002644 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002645 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Self.Context);
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002646 case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
2647 return T->isStandardLayoutType();
2648 case UTT_IsPOD:
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002649 return T.isPODType(Self.Context);
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002650 case UTT_IsLiteral:
2651 return T->isLiteralType();
2652 case UTT_IsEmpty:
2653 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2654 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
2655 return false;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002656 case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
Chandler Carruth28eeb382011-05-01 06:11:03 +00002657 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2658 return RD->isPolymorphic();
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002659 return false;
2660 case UTT_IsAbstract:
Chandler Carruth28eeb382011-05-01 06:11:03 +00002661 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
2662 return RD->isAbstract();
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002663 return false;
John Wiegley20c0da72011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002664 case UTT_IsSigned:
2665 return T->isSignedIntegerType();
John Wiegley20c0da72011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002666 case UTT_IsUnsigned:
2667 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002668
2669 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
2670 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
2671 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
2672 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
2673 // specifications.
2674 //
2675 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
2676 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00002677 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002678 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2679 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
2680 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
2681 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002682 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002683 return true;
2684 if (const RecordType *RT =
2685 C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00002686 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002687 return false;
2688 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
2689 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2690 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
2691 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
2692 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
2693 // is true, else it is false.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002694 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isReferenceType())
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002695 return true;
2696 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
2697 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialCopyConstructor();
2698 return false;
2699 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
2700 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2701 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
2702 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
2703 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
2704 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
2705 // true, else it is false.
2706 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
2707 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
2708 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
2709 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
2710 // [class.copy]p12).
2711
2712 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
2713 return false;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002714 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002715 return true;
2716 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
2717 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialCopyAssignment();
2718 return false;
2719 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
2720 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2721 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
2722 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
2723 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
2724 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
2725 // false.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002726 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isReferenceType())
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002727 return true;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002728
2729 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
2730 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
2731 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
2732 return true;
2733
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002734 if (const RecordType *RT =
2735 C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
2736 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialDestructor();
2737 return false;
2738 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
2739 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
2740 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2741 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
2742 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
2743 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
2744 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
2745 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
2746 // false.
2747 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
2748 return false;
2749 if (T->isReferenceType())
2750 return false;
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002751 if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
2752 return true;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002753 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2754 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2755 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
2756 return true;
2757
2758 bool FoundAssign = false;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002759 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Sebastian Redlf8aca862010-09-14 23:40:14 +00002760 LookupResult Res(Self, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, KeyLoc),
2761 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
2762 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
2763 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
2764 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
2765 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
2766 if (Operator->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2767 FoundAssign = true;
2768 const FunctionProtoType *CPT
2769 = Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00002770 if (CPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed)
2771 return false;
2772 if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context))
2773 return false;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002774 }
2775 }
2776 }
2777
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00002778 return FoundAssign;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002779 }
2780 return false;
2781 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
2782 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2783 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
2784 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
2785 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
2786 // false.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002787 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002788 return true;
2789 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2790 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2791 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
2792 return true;
2793
2794 bool FoundConstructor = false;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002795 unsigned FoundTQs;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002796 DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Sebastian Redl5f4e8992010-09-13 21:10:20 +00002797 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002798 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Sebastian Redl08295a52010-09-13 22:18:28 +00002799 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
2800 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
2801 // resolution point.
2802 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
2803 continue;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002804 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
2805 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
2806 FoundConstructor = true;
2807 const FunctionProtoType *CPT
2808 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00002809 if (CPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed)
2810 return false;
Sebastian Redl60618fa2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002811 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
Sebastian Redl751025d2010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002812 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00002813 if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumArgs() > 1)
2814 return false;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002815 }
2816 }
2817
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00002818 return FoundConstructor;
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002819 }
2820 return false;
2821 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
2822 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2823 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
2824 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
2825 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
2826 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00002827 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002828 return true;
2829 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2830 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
Sean Hunt023df372011-05-09 18:22:59 +00002831 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002832 return true;
2833
Sebastian Redl751025d2010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002834 DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
2835 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
2836 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Sebastian Redl08295a52010-09-13 22:18:28 +00002837 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
2838 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
2839 continue;
Sebastian Redl751025d2010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002840 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
2841 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
2842 const FunctionProtoType *CPT
2843 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Richard Smith7a614d82011-06-11 17:19:42 +00002844 if (CPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed)
2845 return false;
Sebastian Redl751025d2010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002846 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
2847 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
Sebastian Redl8026f6d2011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002848 return CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) && CPT->getNumArgs() == 0;
Sebastian Redl751025d2010-09-13 22:02:47 +00002849 }
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002850 }
2851 }
2852 return false;
2853 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
2854 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
2855 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
2856 // then the trait is true, else it is false.
2857 if (const RecordType *Record = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2858 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
Sebastian Redlf8aca862010-09-14 23:40:14 +00002859 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002860 return Destructor->isVirtual();
2861 }
2862 return false;
Chandler Carruthc41d6b52011-05-01 06:11:07 +00002863
2864 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
2865 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
2866 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
2867 case UTT_IsCompleteType:
2868 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
2869 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
2870 // function call.
2871 return !T->isIncompleteType();
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002872 }
Chandler Carruth83f563c2011-05-01 07:44:17 +00002873 llvm_unreachable("Type trait not covered by switch");
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002874}
2875
2876ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
Douglas Gregor3d37c0a2010-09-09 16:14:44 +00002877 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2878 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
2879 SourceLocation RParen) {
2880 QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
Chandler Carrutheb65a102011-04-30 10:07:32 +00002881 if (!CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(*this, UTT, KWLoc, T))
2882 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl64b45f72009-01-05 20:52:13 +00002883
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002884 bool Value = false;
2885 if (!T->isDependentType())
Chandler Carruthccb4ecf2011-05-01 06:51:22 +00002886 Value = EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(*this, UTT, KWLoc, T);
Sebastian Redl0dfd8482010-09-13 20:56:31 +00002887
2888 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, UTT, TSInfo, Value,
Anders Carlsson3292d5c2009-07-07 19:06:02 +00002889 RParen, Context.BoolTy));
Sebastian Redl64b45f72009-01-05 20:52:13 +00002890}
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00002891
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002892ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
2893 SourceLocation KWLoc,
2894 ParsedType LhsTy,
2895 ParsedType RhsTy,
2896 SourceLocation RParen) {
2897 TypeSourceInfo *LhsTSInfo;
2898 QualType LhsT = GetTypeFromParser(LhsTy, &LhsTSInfo);
2899 if (!LhsTSInfo)
2900 LhsTSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(LhsT);
2901
2902 TypeSourceInfo *RhsTSInfo;
2903 QualType RhsT = GetTypeFromParser(RhsTy, &RhsTSInfo);
2904 if (!RhsTSInfo)
2905 RhsTSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(RhsT);
2906
2907 return BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BTT, KWLoc, LhsTSInfo, RhsTSInfo, RParen);
2908}
2909
2910static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
2911 QualType LhsT, QualType RhsT,
2912 SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
Chandler Carruthd064c702011-05-01 08:41:10 +00002913 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
2914 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002915
2916 switch(BTT) {
John McCalld89d30f2011-01-28 22:02:36 +00002917 case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002918 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
John McCalld89d30f2011-01-28 22:02:36 +00002919 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002920 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
2921 // regard to cv-qualifiers.
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002922
John McCalld89d30f2011-01-28 22:02:36 +00002923 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
2924 if (!lhsRecord) return false;
2925
2926 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
2927 if (!rhsRecord) return false;
2928
2929 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
2930 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
2931
2932 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
2933 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
2934
2935 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
2936 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
2937 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
2938 // complete type.
2939 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
2940 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
2941 return false;
2942
2943 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
2944 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
2945 }
John Wiegley20c0da72011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002946 case BTT_IsSame:
2947 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
Francois Pichetf1872372010-12-08 22:35:30 +00002948 case BTT_TypeCompatible:
2949 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
2950 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
John Wiegley20c0da72011-04-27 23:09:49 +00002951 case BTT_IsConvertible:
Douglas Gregor9f361132011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002952 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
2953 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
2954 // Given the following function prototype:
2955 //
2956 // template <class T>
2957 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
2958 //
2959 // the predicate condition for a template specialization
2960 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
2961 // the return expression in the following code would be
2962 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
2963 // type of the function:
2964 //
2965 // To test() {
2966 // return create<From>();
2967 // }
2968 //
2969 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
2970 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
2971 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
2972 // is considered.
2973 //
2974 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
2975 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
2976 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
2977 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
2978 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
2979
2980 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
Douglas Gregorb608b982011-01-28 02:26:04 +00002981 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
Douglas Gregor9f361132011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002982 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
2983 Expr *FromPtr = &From;
2984 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
2985 SourceLocation()));
2986
Douglas Gregor1eee5dc2011-01-27 22:31:44 +00002987 // Perform the initialization within a SFINAE trap at translation unit
2988 // scope.
2989 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
2990 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor9f361132011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002991 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, &FromPtr, 1);
Sebastian Redl383616c2011-06-05 12:23:28 +00002992 if (Init.Failed())
Douglas Gregor9f361132011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002993 return false;
Douglas Gregor1eee5dc2011-01-27 22:31:44 +00002994
Douglas Gregor9f361132011-01-27 20:28:01 +00002995 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, MultiExprArg(&FromPtr, 1));
2996 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
2997 }
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00002998 }
2999 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
3000}
3001
3002ExprResult Sema::BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
3003 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3004 TypeSourceInfo *LhsTSInfo,
3005 TypeSourceInfo *RhsTSInfo,
3006 SourceLocation RParen) {
3007 QualType LhsT = LhsTSInfo->getType();
3008 QualType RhsT = RhsTSInfo->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003009
John McCalld89d30f2011-01-28 22:02:36 +00003010 if (BTT == BTT_TypeCompatible) {
Francois Pichetf1872372010-12-08 22:35:30 +00003011 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3012 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
3013 << SourceRange(KWLoc, RParen);
3014 return ExprError();
3015 }
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00003016 }
3017
3018 bool Value = false;
3019 if (!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType())
3020 Value = EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(*this, BTT, LhsT, RhsT, KWLoc);
3021
Francois Pichetf1872372010-12-08 22:35:30 +00003022 // Select trait result type.
3023 QualType ResultType;
3024 switch (BTT) {
Francois Pichetf1872372010-12-08 22:35:30 +00003025 case BTT_IsBaseOf: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
John Wiegley20c0da72011-04-27 23:09:49 +00003026 case BTT_IsConvertible: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
3027 case BTT_IsSame: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
Francois Pichetf1872372010-12-08 22:35:30 +00003028 case BTT_TypeCompatible: ResultType = Context.IntTy; break;
Douglas Gregor9f361132011-01-27 20:28:01 +00003029 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
Francois Pichetf1872372010-12-08 22:35:30 +00003030 }
3031
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00003032 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, BTT, LhsTSInfo,
3033 RhsTSInfo, Value, RParen,
Francois Pichetf1872372010-12-08 22:35:30 +00003034 ResultType));
Francois Pichet6ad6f282010-12-07 00:08:36 +00003035}
3036
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003037ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3038 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3039 ParsedType Ty,
3040 Expr* DimExpr,
3041 SourceLocation RParen) {
3042 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
3043 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
3044 if (!TSInfo)
3045 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
3046
3047 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
3048}
3049
3050static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3051 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
3052 SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
Chandler Carruthd064c702011-05-01 08:41:10 +00003053 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003054
3055 switch(ATT) {
3056 case ATT_ArrayRank:
3057 if (T->isArrayType()) {
3058 unsigned Dim = 0;
3059 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
3060 ++Dim;
3061 T = AT->getElementType();
3062 }
3063 return Dim;
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003064 }
John Wiegleycf566412011-04-28 02:06:46 +00003065 return 0;
3066
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003067 case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
3068 llvm::APSInt Value;
3069 uint64_t Dim;
John Wiegleycf566412011-04-28 02:06:46 +00003070 if (DimExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Self.Context, 0, false)) {
3071 if (Value < llvm::APSInt(Value.getBitWidth(), Value.isUnsigned())) {
3072 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) <<
3073 DimExpr->getSourceRange();
3074 return false;
3075 }
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003076 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
John Wiegleycf566412011-04-28 02:06:46 +00003077 } else {
3078 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) <<
3079 DimExpr->getSourceRange();
3080 return false;
3081 }
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003082
3083 if (T->isArrayType()) {
3084 unsigned D = 0;
3085 bool Matched = false;
3086 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
3087 if (Dim == D) {
3088 Matched = true;
3089 break;
3090 }
3091 ++D;
3092 T = AT->getElementType();
3093 }
3094
John Wiegleycf566412011-04-28 02:06:46 +00003095 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
3096 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
3097 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
3098 }
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003099 }
John Wiegleycf566412011-04-28 02:06:46 +00003100 return 0;
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003101 }
3102 }
3103 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
3104}
3105
3106ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
3107 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3108 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
3109 Expr* DimExpr,
3110 SourceLocation RParen) {
3111 QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003112
Chandler Carruthaf5a3c62011-05-01 08:48:21 +00003113 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
3114 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
Chandler Carruthd064c702011-05-01 08:41:10 +00003115 uint64_t Value = 0;
3116 if (!T->isDependentType())
3117 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
3118
Chandler Carruthaf5a3c62011-05-01 08:48:21 +00003119 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
3120 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
3121 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
3122 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
3123 // important distinction.
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003124 return Owned(new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value,
Chandler Carruth06207f62011-05-01 07:49:26 +00003125 DimExpr, RParen,
Chandler Carruthaf5a3c62011-05-01 08:48:21 +00003126 Context.getSizeType()));
John Wiegley21ff2e52011-04-28 00:16:57 +00003127}
3128
John Wiegley55262202011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003129ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
Chandler Carruth4aa0af32011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003130 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3131 Expr *Queried,
3132 SourceLocation RParen) {
John Wiegley55262202011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003133 // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
3134 if (!Queried)
Chandler Carruth4aa0af32011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003135 return ExprError();
John Wiegley55262202011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003136
Chandler Carruth4aa0af32011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003137 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
John Wiegley55262202011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003138
3139 return move(Result);
3140}
3141
Chandler Carruth4aa0af32011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003142static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
3143 switch (ET) {
3144 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
3145 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
3146 }
3147 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
3148}
3149
John Wiegley55262202011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003150ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
Chandler Carruth4aa0af32011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003151 SourceLocation KWLoc,
3152 Expr *Queried,
3153 SourceLocation RParen) {
John Wiegley55262202011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003154 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
3155 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
3156 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
3157 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
3158 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3159 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.take(), RParen);
3160 }
3161
Chandler Carruth4aa0af32011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003162 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
Chandler Carruthf7ef0002011-05-01 08:48:19 +00003163
Chandler Carruth4aa0af32011-05-01 07:44:20 +00003164 return Owned(new (Context) ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value,
3165 RParen, Context.BoolTy));
John Wiegley55262202011-04-25 06:54:41 +00003166}
3167
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003168QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex,
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003169 ExprValueKind &VK,
3170 SourceLocation Loc,
3171 bool isIndirect) {
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003172 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
3173 // C++ 5.5p2
3174 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
3175 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
3176 // class type) [...]
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003177 QualType RType = rex.get()->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003178 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003179 if (!MemPtr) {
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003180 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003181 << OpSpelling << RType << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003182 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003183 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003184
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003185 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
3186
Douglas Gregor7d520ba2010-10-13 20:41:14 +00003187 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
3188 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
3189 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
3190 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
3191 // likely to be considered a defect.
Sebastian Redl59fc2692010-04-10 10:14:54 +00003192
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003193 // C++ 5.5p2
3194 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
3195 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
3196 // such a class]
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003197 QualType LType = lex.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003198 if (isIndirect) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003199 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LType->getAs<PointerType>())
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003200 LType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003201 else {
3202 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
Fariborz Jahanianef78ac62009-10-26 20:45:27 +00003203 << OpSpelling << 1 << LType
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003204 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003205 return QualType();
3206 }
3207 }
3208
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003209 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LType)) {
Sebastian Redl17e1d352010-04-23 17:18:26 +00003210 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
3211 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LType, PDiag(diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
3212 << OpSpelling << (int)isIndirect)) {
3213 return QualType();
3214 }
Anders Carlsson5cf86ba2010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003215 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
Douglas Gregora8f32e02009-10-06 17:59:45 +00003216 /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003217 // FIXME: Would it be useful to print full ambiguity paths, or is that
3218 // overkill?
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003219 if (!IsDerivedFrom(LType, Class, Paths) ||
3220 Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(Class))) {
3221 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003222 << (int)isIndirect << lex.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003223 return QualType();
3224 }
Eli Friedman3005efe2010-01-16 00:00:48 +00003225 // Cast LHS to type of use.
3226 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
John McCall5baba9d2010-08-25 10:28:54 +00003227 ExprValueKind VK =
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003228 isIndirect ? VK_RValue : CastCategory(lex.get());
Sebastian Redl906082e2010-07-20 04:20:21 +00003229
John McCallf871d0c2010-08-07 06:22:56 +00003230 CXXCastPath BasePath;
Anders Carlsson5cf86ba2010-04-24 19:06:50 +00003231 BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003232 lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, &BasePath);
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003233 }
3234
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003235 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(rex.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
Fariborz Jahanian05ebda92009-11-18 21:54:48 +00003236 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
3237 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
3238 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
3239 return QualType();
3240 }
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003241
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003242 // C++ 5.5p2
3243 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
3244 // second operand.
3245 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
3246 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003247 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003248 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LType.getCVRQualifiers());
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003249
Douglas Gregor6b4df912011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003250 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
3251 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003252 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
3253 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
3254 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
Douglas Gregor6b4df912011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003255 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
3256 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
3257 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
3258 case RQ_None:
3259 // Do nothing
3260 break;
3261
3262 case RQ_LValue:
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003263 if (!isIndirect && !lex.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
Douglas Gregor6b4df912011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003264 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003265 << RType << 1 << lex.get()->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor6b4df912011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003266 break;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003267
Douglas Gregor6b4df912011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003268 case RQ_RValue:
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003269 if (isIndirect || !lex.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
Douglas Gregor6b4df912011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003270 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003271 << RType << 0 << lex.get()->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor6b4df912011-01-26 16:40:18 +00003272 break;
3273 }
3274 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003275
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003276 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
3277 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
3278 // to a data member is of the same value category as its
3279 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
3280 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
3281 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
3282 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003283 if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003284 VK = VK_RValue;
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003285 return Context.BoundMemberTy;
3286 } else if (isIndirect) {
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003287 VK = VK_LValue;
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003288 } else {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003289 VK = lex.get()->getValueKind();
John McCall864c0412011-04-26 20:42:42 +00003290 }
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003291
Sebastian Redl7c8bd602009-02-07 20:10:22 +00003292 return Result;
3293}
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003294
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003295/// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3.
3296///
3297/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
3298/// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
3299/// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003300/// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
3301/// as such.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003302static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
3303 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003304 bool &HaveConversion,
3305 QualType &ToType) {
3306 HaveConversion = false;
3307 ToType = To->getType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003308
3309 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003310 SourceLocation());
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003311 // C++0x 5.16p3
3312 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
3313 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
3314 // as follows:
3315 // -- If E2 is an lvalue:
John McCall7eb0a9e2010-11-24 05:12:34 +00003316 bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue();
Douglas Gregor0fd8ff72010-03-26 20:59:55 +00003317 if (ToIsLvalue) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003318 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to
3319 // type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the
3320 // conversion the reference must bind directly to E1.
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003321 QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType);
3322 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003323
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003324 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
3325 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
3326 ToType = T;
3327 HaveConversion = true;
3328 return false;
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003329 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003330
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003331 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
3332 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003333 }
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +00003334
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003335 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
3336 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
3337 // the same or one is a base class of the other:
3338 QualType FTy = From->getType();
3339 QualType TTy = To->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003340 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
3341 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003342 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003343 Self.IsDerivedFrom(FTy, TTy);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003344 if (FRec && TRec &&
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003345 (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || Self.IsDerivedFrom(TTy, FTy))) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003346 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
3347 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
3348 // [cv2 > cv1].
John McCallb1bdc622010-02-25 01:37:24 +00003349 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
3350 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003351 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
3352 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
Sebastian Redl383616c2011-06-05 12:23:28 +00003353 if (InitSeq) {
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003354 HaveConversion = true;
3355 return false;
3356 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003357
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003358 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
3359 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003360 }
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003361 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003362
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003363 return false;
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003364 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003365
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003366 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
3367 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003368 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
Douglas Gregor0fd8ff72010-03-26 20:59:55 +00003369 // an rvalue).
3370 //
3371 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
3372 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
3373 if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
3374 TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003375
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003376 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
3377 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
Sebastian Redl383616c2011-06-05 12:23:28 +00003378 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003379 ToType = TTy;
3380 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
3381 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
3382
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003383 return false;
3384}
3385
3386/// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
3387///
3388/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
3389/// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
3390/// conversion to a common type.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003391static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
Chandler Carruth82214a82011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003392 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003393 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
Chandler Carruth82214a82011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003394 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc);
3395 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 2,
3396 CandidateSet);
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003397
3398 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Chandler Carruth82214a82011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003399 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003400 case OR_Success: {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003401 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003402 ExprResult LHSRes =
3403 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
3404 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
3405 if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003406 break;
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003407 LHS = move(LHSRes);
3408
3409 ExprResult RHSRes =
3410 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
3411 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
3412 if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
3413 break;
3414 RHS = move(RHSRes);
Chandler Carruth25ca4212011-02-25 19:41:05 +00003415 if (Best->Function)
3416 Self.MarkDeclarationReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003417 return false;
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003418 }
3419
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00003420 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chandler Carruth82214a82011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003421
3422 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
3423 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
3424 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003425 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
Chandler Carruth82214a82011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003426 return true;
3427
3428 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003429 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
3430 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003431 return true;
3432
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00003433 case OR_Ambiguous:
Chandler Carruth82214a82011-02-18 23:54:50 +00003434 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003435 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
3436 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003437 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
3438 // the viable candidates.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003439 break;
3440
Douglas Gregor20093b42009-12-09 23:02:17 +00003441 case OR_Deleted:
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003442 assert(false && "Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
3443 break;
3444 }
3445 return true;
3446}
3447
Sebastian Redl76458502009-04-17 16:30:52 +00003448/// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
3449/// TryClassUnification.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003450static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003451 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003452 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003453 SourceLocation());
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003454 Expr *Arg = E.take();
3455 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &Arg, 1);
3456 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(&Arg, 1));
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003457 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl76458502009-04-17 16:30:52 +00003458 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003459
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003460 E = Result;
Sebastian Redl76458502009-04-17 16:30:52 +00003461 return false;
3462}
3463
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003464/// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
3465///
3466/// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
3467/// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003468QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
John McCall56ca35d2011-02-17 10:25:35 +00003469 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK,
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003470 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003471 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
3472 // interface pointers.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003473
3474 // C++0x 5.16p1
3475 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003476 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
3477 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.take());
3478 if (CondRes.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003479 return QualType();
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003480 Cond = move(CondRes);
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003481 }
3482
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003483 // Assume r-value.
3484 VK = VK_RValue;
John McCall09431682010-11-18 19:01:18 +00003485 OK = OK_Ordinary;
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003486
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003487 // Either of the arguments dependent?
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003488 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003489 return Context.DependentTy;
3490
3491 // C++0x 5.16p2
3492 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003493 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
3494 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003495 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
3496 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
3497 if (LVoid || RVoid) {
3498 // ... then the [l2r] conversions are performed on the second and third
3499 // operands ...
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003500 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
3501 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
3502 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
3503 return QualType();
3504 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
3505 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003506
3507 // ... and one of the following shall hold:
3508 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a throw-
3509 // expression; the result is of the type of the other and is an rvalue.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003510 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get());
3511 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get());
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003512 if (LThrow && !RThrow)
3513 return RTy;
3514 if (RThrow && !LThrow)
3515 return LTy;
3516
3517 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
3518 // type void and is an rvalue.
3519 if (LVoid && RVoid)
3520 return Context.VoidTy;
3521
3522 // Neither holds, error.
3523 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
3524 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003525 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003526 return QualType();
3527 }
3528
3529 // Neither is void.
3530
3531 // C++0x 5.16p3
3532 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
3533 // either has (cv) class type, and attempt is made to convert each of those
3534 // operands to the other.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003535 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003536 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
3537 ImplicitConversionSequence ICSLeftToRight, ICSRightToLeft;
3538 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
Douglas Gregorb70cf442010-03-26 20:14:36 +00003539 QualType L2RType, R2LType;
3540 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003541 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003542 return QualType();
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003543 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003544 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003545
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003546 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
3547 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
3548 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003549 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003550 return QualType();
3551 }
3552
3553 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
3554 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
3555 // original operands for the remainder of this section.
3556 if (HaveL2R) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003557 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003558 return QualType();
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003559 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003560 } else if (HaveR2L) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003561 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003562 return QualType();
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003563 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003564 }
3565 }
3566
3567 // C++0x 5.16p4
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003568 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
3569 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
3570 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
3571 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
John McCall09431682010-11-18 19:01:18 +00003572 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
3573 // l-values.
Douglas Gregor1927b1f2010-04-01 22:47:07 +00003574 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003575 if (Same &&
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003576 LHS.get()->isGLValue() &&
3577 LHS.get()->getValueKind() == RHS.get()->getValueKind() &&
3578 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
3579 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
3580 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
3581 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
3582 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
John McCall09431682010-11-18 19:01:18 +00003583 OK = OK_BitField;
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00003584 return LTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3911a1a2010-09-25 01:08:05 +00003585 }
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003586
3587 // C++0x 5.16p5
3588 // Otherwise, the result is an rvalue. If the second and third operands
3589 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
3590 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
3591 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
3592 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
3593 // program is ill-formed.
3594 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
3595 return QualType();
3596 }
3597
3598 // C++0x 5.16p6
3599 // LValue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
3600 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003601 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
3602 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
3603 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
3604 return QualType();
3605 LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
3606 RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003607
3608 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
3609 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
Douglas Gregorb65a4582010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003610 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
3611 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
3612 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
3613 // operand depending on the value of the first operand.
3614 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
3615 if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
3616 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
3617 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003618 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3619 SourceLocation(),
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003620 LHS);
Douglas Gregorb65a4582010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003621 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
3622 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003623
3624 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3625 SourceLocation(),
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003626 RHS);
Douglas Gregorb65a4582010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003627 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
3628 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003629
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003630 LHS = LHSCopy;
3631 RHS = RHSCopy;
Douglas Gregorb65a4582010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003632 }
3633
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003634 return LTy;
Douglas Gregorb65a4582010-05-19 23:40:50 +00003635 }
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003636
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00003637 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003638 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
Eli Friedmanb9b4b782011-06-23 18:10:35 +00003639 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false);
Douglas Gregorfb4a5432010-05-18 22:42:18 +00003640
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003641 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
3642 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
3643 // common type, and the result is of that type.
3644 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3645 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003646 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
3647 return QualType();
3648 return LHS.get()->getType();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003649 }
3650
3651 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
3652 // type and the other is a null pointer constant; pointer conversions
3653 // and qualification conversions are performed to bring them to their
3654 // composite pointer type. The result is of the composite pointer type.
Eli Friedmande8ac492010-01-02 22:56:07 +00003655 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
3656 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
3657 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
3658 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
3659 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
3660 // operand. The result is of the common type.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003661 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003662 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003663 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
3664 if (!Composite.isNull()) {
3665 if (NonStandardCompositeType)
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003666 Diag(QuestionLoc,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003667 diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
3668 << LTy << RTy << Composite
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003669 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003670
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003671 return Composite;
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003672 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003673
Douglas Gregor1927b1f2010-04-01 22:47:07 +00003674 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian55016362009-12-10 20:46:08 +00003675 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3676 if (!Composite.isNull())
3677 return Composite;
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003678
Chandler Carruth7ef93242011-02-19 00:13:59 +00003679 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003680 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
Chandler Carruth7ef93242011-02-19 00:13:59 +00003681 return QualType();
3682
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003683 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003684 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
3685 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003686 return QualType();
3687}
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003688
3689/// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
3690///
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003691/// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
3692/// and @p E2 according to C++0x 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
3693/// type and returns it.
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003694/// It does not emit diagnostics.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003695///
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003696/// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
3697/// be converted to the composite pointer type.
3698///
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003699/// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
3700/// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
3701/// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
3702/// will be set true.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003703QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003704 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003705 bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
3706 if (NonStandardCompositeType)
3707 *NonStandardCompositeType = false;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003708
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003709 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
3710 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003711
Fariborz Jahanian0cedfbd2009-12-08 20:04:24 +00003712 if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
3713 !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003714 return QualType();
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003715
3716 // C++0x 5.9p2
3717 // Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
3718 // pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
3719 // one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
3720 // the type of the other operand.
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003721 if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003722 if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003723 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).take();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003724 else
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003725 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).take();
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003726 return T2;
3727 }
Douglas Gregorce940492009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003728 if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003729 if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003730 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).take();
Eli Friedman73c39ab2009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003731 else
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00003732 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).take();
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003733 return T1;
3734 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003735
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003736 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
Sebastian Redla439e6f2009-11-16 21:03:45 +00003737 if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
3738 (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003739 return QualType();
3740
3741 // Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
3742 // the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
3743 // "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
3744 // Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
3745 // type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
3746 // the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
3747 // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
3748 // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
3749 // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
3750 // types are the same, we have succeeded.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003751 // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redla439e6f2009-11-16 21:03:45 +00003752 typedef llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
3753 QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
3754 typedef llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
3755 ContainingClassVector;
3756 ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
3757 QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
3758 Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003759 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003760 do {
3761 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
3762 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
3763 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
3764 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
3765 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003766
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003767 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003768 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003769 if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
3770 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
3771 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003772
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003773 QualifierUnion.push_back(
3774 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
3775 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair((const Type *)0, (const Type *)0));
3776 continue;
3777 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003778
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003779 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
3780 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
3781 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
3782 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
3783 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003784
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003785 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003786 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003787 if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
3788 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
3789 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003790
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003791 QualifierUnion.push_back(
3792 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
3793 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
3794 MemPtr2->getClass()));
3795 continue;
3796 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003797
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003798 // FIXME: block pointer types?
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003799
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003800 // Cannot unwrap any more types.
3801 break;
3802 } while (true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003803
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003804 if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
3805 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003806 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
Douglas Gregorb2cb1cb2010-02-25 22:29:57 +00003807 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
3808 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
3809 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
3810 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
3811 *NonStandardCompositeType = true;
3812 }
3813 }
3814 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003815
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003816 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
Sebastian Redla439e6f2009-11-16 21:03:45 +00003817 ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
3818 = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
3819 for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
3820 I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
3821 E = QualifierUnion.rend();
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003822 I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003823 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003824 if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
3825 // Rebuild member pointer type
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003826 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
3827 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
3828 MOC->first);
3829 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
3830 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
3831 MOC->second);
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003832 } else {
3833 // Rebuild pointer type
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003834 Composite1
3835 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
3836 Composite2
3837 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
Douglas Gregor20b3e992009-08-24 17:42:35 +00003838 }
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003839 }
3840
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003841 // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
3842 InitializedEntity Entity1
3843 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
3844 InitializationKind Kind
3845 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
3846 InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, &E1, 1);
3847 InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, &E2, 1);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003848
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003849 if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
3850 // Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
3851 if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
3852 // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
3853 // Composite2 is also viable.
3854 InitializedEntity Entity2
3855 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
3856 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E1, 1);
3857 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E2, 1);
3858 if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
3859 // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
3860 // this is an ambiguity.
3861 return QualType();
3862 }
3863 }
3864
3865 // Convert E1 to Composite1
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003866 ExprResult E1Result
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003867 = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this,&E1,1));
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003868 if (E1Result.isInvalid())
3869 return QualType();
3870 E1 = E1Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3871
3872 // Convert E2 to Composite1
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003873 ExprResult E2Result
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003874 = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this,&E2,1));
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003875 if (E2Result.isInvalid())
3876 return QualType();
3877 E2 = E2Result.takeAs<Expr>();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003878
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003879 return Composite1;
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003880 }
3881
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003882 // Check whether Composite2 is viable.
3883 InitializedEntity Entity2
3884 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
3885 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E1, 1);
3886 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E2, 1);
3887 if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
3888 return QualType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003889
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003890 // Convert E1 to Composite2
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003891 ExprResult E1Result
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003892 = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this, &E1, 1));
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003893 if (E1Result.isInvalid())
3894 return QualType();
3895 E1 = E1Result.takeAs<Expr>();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003896
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003897 // Convert E2 to Composite2
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003898 ExprResult E2Result
John McCallca0408f2010-08-23 06:44:23 +00003899 = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this, &E2, 1));
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003900 if (E2Result.isInvalid())
3901 return QualType();
3902 E2 = E2Result.takeAs<Expr>();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003903
Douglas Gregor8f00dcf2010-04-16 23:20:25 +00003904 return Composite2;
Sebastian Redld1bd7fc2009-04-19 19:26:31 +00003905}
Anders Carlsson165a0a02009-05-17 18:41:29 +00003906
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00003907ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregor19cc1c72010-11-01 21:10:29 +00003908 if (!E)
3909 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003910
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003911 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
3912
3913 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
3914 if (!E->isRValue())
Anders Carlsson089c2602009-08-15 23:41:35 +00003915 return Owned(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003916
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003917 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
3918 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
3919 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
3920 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
3921
3922 bool ReturnsRetained;
3923
3924 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
3925 // called value.
3926 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
3927 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
3928 QualType T = Callee->getType();
3929
3930 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
3931 // Handle pointer-to-members.
3932 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
3933 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
3934 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
3935 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
3936 }
3937
3938 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
3939 T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
3940 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
3941 T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
3942 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3943 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
3944
3945 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
3946 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
3947 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
3948
3949 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
3950 // type always produce a +1 object.
3951 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
3952 ReturnsRetained = true;
3953
3954 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
3955 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
3956 // cases where we don't have an actual method.
3957 } else {
3958 Decl *D = 0;
3959 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
3960 D = Send->getMethodDecl();
3961 } else {
3962 CastExpr *CE = cast<CastExpr>(E);
3963 // FIXME. What other cast kinds to check for?
3964 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ObjCProduceObject ||
3965 CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
3966 return MaybeBindToTemporary(CE->getSubExpr());
3967 assert(CE->getCastKind() == CK_GetObjCProperty);
3968 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE = CE->getSubExpr()->getObjCProperty();
3969 D = (PRE->isImplicitProperty() ? PRE->getImplicitPropertyGetter() : 0);
3970 }
3971
3972 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
3973 }
3974
3975 if (ReturnsRetained) {
3976 ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
3977 E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(),
3978 CK_ObjCConsumeObject, E, 0,
3979 VK_RValue);
3980 }
3981 return Owned(E);
3982 }
3983
3984 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3985 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor51326552009-12-24 18:51:59 +00003986
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003987 const RecordType *RT = E->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Anders Carlssondef11992009-05-30 20:36:53 +00003988 if (!RT)
3989 return Owned(E);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003990
John McCall86ff3082010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003991 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete.
3992 // If it has a trivial destructor, we can avoid the extra copy.
Jeffrey Yasskinb7ee2e52011-01-27 19:17:54 +00003993 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
John McCall507384f2010-08-12 02:40:37 +00003994 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
John McCall86ff3082010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003995 return Owned(E);
3996
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003997 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
3998
3999 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
4000 if (Destructor) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83f7ed2009-08-03 19:13:25 +00004001 MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
John McCallc91cc662010-04-07 00:41:46 +00004002 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
4003 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
4004 << E->getType());
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004005
4006 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Temp);
4007 ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
John McCallc91cc662010-04-07 00:41:46 +00004008 }
Anders Carlssondef11992009-05-30 20:36:53 +00004009 return Owned(CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E));
4010}
4011
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004012Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
Anders Carlsson99ba36d2009-06-05 15:38:08 +00004013 assert(SubExpr && "sub expression can't be null!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004014
Douglas Gregor1f5f3a42009-12-03 17:10:37 +00004015 unsigned FirstTemporary = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTemporaries;
4016 assert(ExprTemporaries.size() >= FirstTemporary);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004017 assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprTemporaries.size() == FirstTemporary);
4018 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
Anders Carlsson99ba36d2009-06-05 15:38:08 +00004019 return SubExpr;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004020
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004021 Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr,
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004022 ExprTemporaries.begin() + FirstTemporary,
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004023 ExprTemporaries.size() - FirstTemporary);
Douglas Gregor1f5f3a42009-12-03 17:10:37 +00004024 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + FirstTemporary,
4025 ExprTemporaries.end());
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004026 ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004027
Anders Carlsson99ba36d2009-06-05 15:38:08 +00004028 return E;
4029}
4030
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004031ExprResult
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004032Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
Douglas Gregor90f93822009-12-22 22:17:25 +00004033 if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
4034 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004035
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004036 return Owned(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.take()));
Douglas Gregor90f93822009-12-22 22:17:25 +00004037}
4038
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004039Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbf8cafa2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00004040 assert(SubStmt && "sub statement can't be null!");
4041
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004042 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbf8cafa2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00004043 return SubStmt;
4044
4045 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
4046 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
4047 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
4048 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
4049 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, &SubStmt, 1,
4050 SourceLocation(),
4051 SourceLocation());
4052 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
4053 SourceLocation());
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004054 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbf8cafa2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00004055}
4056
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004057ExprResult
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004058Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004059 tok::TokenKind OpKind, ParsedType &ObjectType,
Douglas Gregord4dca082010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004060 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004061 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004062 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004063 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4064 Base = Result.get();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004065
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004066 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
Douglas Gregord4dca082010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004067 MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004068 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Douglas Gregor43d88632009-11-04 22:49:18 +00004069 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
4070 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
4071 // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
4072 if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
4073 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
4074 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004075
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004076 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
Douglas Gregord4dca082010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004077 MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004078 return Owned(Base);
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004079 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004080
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004081 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004082 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004083 // returned, with the original second operand.
4084 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
John McCallc4e83212009-09-30 01:01:30 +00004085 // The set of types we've considered so far.
John McCall432887f2009-09-30 01:30:54 +00004086 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
Fariborz Jahanian7a8233a2009-09-30 17:46:20 +00004087 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 8> Locations;
John McCall432887f2009-09-30 01:30:54 +00004088 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004089
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004090 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004091 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, Base, OpLoc);
4092 if (Result.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004093 return ExprError();
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004094 Base = Result.get();
4095 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
Anders Carlssonde699e52009-10-13 22:55:59 +00004096 Locations.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()->getLocation());
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004097 BaseType = Base->getType();
John McCallc4e83212009-09-30 01:01:30 +00004098 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
John McCall432887f2009-09-30 01:30:54 +00004099 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a4e3452009-09-30 00:19:41 +00004100 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular);
Fariborz Jahanian7a8233a2009-09-30 17:46:20 +00004101 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Locations.size(); i++)
4102 Diag(Locations[i], diag::note_declared_at);
Fariborz Jahanian4a4e3452009-09-30 00:19:41 +00004103 return ExprError();
4104 }
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004105 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004106
Douglas Gregor31658df2009-11-20 19:58:21 +00004107 if (BaseType->isPointerType())
4108 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
4109 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004110
4111 // We could end up with various non-record types here, such as extended
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004112 // vector types or Objective-C interfaces. Just return early and let
4113 // ActOnMemberReferenceExpr do the work.
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00004114 if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
4115 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
4116 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
4117 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
4118 // postfix-expression.
Douglas Gregord4dca082010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004119 //
4120 // This also indicates that we should be parsing a
4121 // pseudo-destructor-name.
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004122 ObjectType = ParsedType();
Douglas Gregord4dca082010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004123 MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004124 return Owned(Base);
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00004125 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004126
Douglas Gregor03c57052009-11-17 05:17:33 +00004127 // The object type must be complete (or dependent).
4128 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004129 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor03c57052009-11-17 05:17:33 +00004130 PDiag(diag::err_incomplete_member_access)))
4131 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004132
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00004133 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004134 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
Douglas Gregor03c57052009-11-17 05:17:33 +00004135 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
Douglas Gregorc68afe22009-09-03 21:38:09 +00004136 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
4137 // up in the scope of class C. [...]
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004138 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004139 return move(Base);
Douglas Gregor2dd078a2009-09-02 22:59:36 +00004140}
4141
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004142ExprResult Sema::DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004143 Expr *MemExpr) {
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004144 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004145 Diag(MemExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
4146 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(MemExpr)
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00004147 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004148
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004149 return ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004150 MemExpr,
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004151 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
John McCallf312b1e2010-08-26 23:41:50 +00004152 MultiExprArg(),
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004153 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
4154}
Douglas Gregord4dca082010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004155
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004156ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
John McCall2d9f5fa2011-02-25 05:21:17 +00004157 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4158 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4159 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4160 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
4161 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4162 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004163 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed,
John McCall2d9f5fa2011-02-25 05:21:17 +00004164 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004165 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004166
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004167 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004168 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004169 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004170 // This scalar type is the object type.
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004171 QualType ObjectType = Base->getType();
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004172 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
4173 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4174 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004175 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004176 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
4177 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
4178 << ObjectType << true
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00004179 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004180 if (isSFINAEContext())
4181 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004182
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004183 OpKind = tok::period;
4184 }
4185 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004186
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004187 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType()) {
4188 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004189 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004190 return ExprError();
4191 }
4192
4193 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004194 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004195 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004196 if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
4197 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
4198 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
Abramo Bagnarabd054db2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00004199 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004200 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
4201 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
4202 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
4203 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
4204 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004205
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004206 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
4207 DestructedType = ObjectType;
4208 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004209 DestructedTypeStart);
John McCallf85e1932011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004210 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
4211 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
4212 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
4213
4214 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4215 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
4216 // type.
4217 } else {
4218 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
4219 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
4220 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
4221 }
4222
4223 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
4224 DestructedType = ObjectType;
4225 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
4226 DestructedTypeStart);
4227 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
4228 }
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004229 }
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004230 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004231
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004232 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
4233 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
4234 // form
4235 //
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004236 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004237 //
4238 // shall designate the same scalar type.
4239 if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
4240 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
4241 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
John McCall81e317a2010-06-11 17:36:40 +00004242 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004243
Abramo Bagnarabd054db2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00004244 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004245 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004246 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
Abramo Bagnarabd054db2010-05-20 10:00:11 +00004247 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004248
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004249 ScopeType = QualType();
4250 ScopeTypeInfo = 0;
4251 }
4252 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004253
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004254 Expr *Result
4255 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
4256 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregorf3db29f2011-02-25 18:19:59 +00004257 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004258 ScopeTypeInfo,
4259 CCLoc,
4260 TildeLoc,
4261 Destructed);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004262
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004263 if (HasTrailingLParen)
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004264 return Owned(Result);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004265
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004266 return DiagnoseDtorReference(Destructed.getLocation(), Result);
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004267}
4268
John McCall60d7b3a2010-08-24 06:29:42 +00004269ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
John McCall2d9f5fa2011-02-25 05:21:17 +00004270 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4271 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4272 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4273 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4274 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4275 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4276 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4277 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004278 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
4279 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
4280 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
4281 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
4282 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
4283 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
4284
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004285 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004286 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004287 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004288 // This scalar type is the object type.
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004289 QualType ObjectType = Base->getType();
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004290 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
4291 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4292 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004293 } else if (!ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004294 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
4295 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004296 << ObjectType << true
Douglas Gregor849b2432010-03-31 17:46:05 +00004297 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004298 if (isSFINAEContext())
4299 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004300
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004301 OpKind = tok::period;
4302 }
4303 }
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004304
4305 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
4306 // record types and dependent types matter.
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004307 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004308 if (!SS.isSet()) {
John McCall2d9f5fa2011-02-25 05:21:17 +00004309 if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
4310 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004311 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
4312 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004313 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004314
4315 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004316 // type (with source-location information).
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004317 QualType DestructedType;
4318 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = 0;
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004319 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004320 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004321 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004322 SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
Fariborz Jahanian1e52dfc2011-02-08 18:05:59 +00004323 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004324 if (!T &&
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004325 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
4326 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004327 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004328 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
4329 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
4330 // template instantiation time.
4331 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
4332 SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
4333 } else if (!T) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004334 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004335 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
4336 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
4337 if (isSFINAEContext())
4338 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004339
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004340 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
4341 DestructedType = ObjectType;
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004342 } else
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004343 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004344 } else {
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004345 // Resolve the template-id to a type.
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004346 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004347 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
4348 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
4349 TemplateId->NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor059101f2011-03-02 00:47:37 +00004350 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
4351 TemplateId->Template,
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004352 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
4353 TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
4354 TemplateArgsPtr,
4355 TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
4356 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
4357 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
4358 DestructedType = ObjectType;
4359 } else
4360 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004361 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004362
4363 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004364 // information.
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004365 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
4366 if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
4367 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004368 SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004369 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
4370 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004371
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004372 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
4373 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = 0;
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004374 QualType ScopeType;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004375 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004376 FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
4377 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004378 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
John McCallb3d87482010-08-24 05:47:05 +00004379 FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
Douglas Gregorf3db29f2011-02-25 18:19:59 +00004380 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004381 if (!T) {
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004382 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004383 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
4384 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004385
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004386 if (isSFINAEContext())
4387 return ExprError();
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004388
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004389 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
4390 ScopeType = QualType();
4391 } else
4392 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004393 } else {
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004394 // Resolve the template-id to a type.
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004395 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004396 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
4397 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
4398 TemplateId->NumArgs);
Douglas Gregor059101f2011-03-02 00:47:37 +00004399 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
4400 TemplateId->Template,
Douglas Gregorb57fb492010-02-24 22:38:50 +00004401 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
4402 TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
4403 TemplateArgsPtr,
4404 TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
4405 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
4406 // Recover by dropping this type.
4407 ScopeType = QualType();
4408 } else
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004409 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
Douglas Gregor77549082010-02-24 21:29:12 +00004410 }
4411 }
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004412
Douglas Gregorb4a418f2010-02-24 23:02:30 +00004413 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
4414 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
4415 FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
4416
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004417
John McCall9ae2f072010-08-23 23:25:46 +00004418 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
Douglas Gregorfce46ee2010-02-24 23:50:37 +00004419 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
Douglas Gregora2e7dd22010-02-25 01:56:36 +00004420 Destructed, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregord4dca082010-02-24 18:44:31 +00004421}
4422
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004423ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregorf2ae5262011-01-20 00:18:04 +00004424 CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004425 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/0,
4426 FoundDecl, Method);
4427 if (Exp.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregorf2ae5262011-01-20 00:18:04 +00004428 return true;
Eli Friedman772fffa2009-12-09 04:53:56 +00004429
NAKAMURA Takumidfbb02a2011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004430 MemberExpr *ME =
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004431 new (Context) MemberExpr(Exp.take(), /*IsArrow=*/false, Method,
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00004432 SourceLocation(), Method->getType(),
4433 VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
4434 QualType ResultType = Method->getResultType();
4435 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
4436 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
4437
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004438 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Exp.get()->getLocStart(), Method);
Douglas Gregor7edfb692009-11-23 12:27:39 +00004439 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
John McCallf89e55a2010-11-18 06:31:45 +00004440 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, 0, 0, ResultType, VK,
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004441 Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
Fariborz Jahanianb7400232009-09-28 23:23:40 +00004442 return CE;
4443}
4444
Sebastian Redl2e156222010-09-10 20:55:43 +00004445ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4446 SourceLocation RParen) {
Sebastian Redl2e156222010-09-10 20:55:43 +00004447 return Owned(new (Context) CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand,
4448 Operand->CanThrow(Context),
4449 KeyLoc, RParen));
4450}
4451
4452ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
4453 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
4454 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
Sebastian Redl02bc21a2010-09-10 20:55:37 +00004455}
4456
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004457/// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
4458/// context that ignores the result.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004459ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
John McCalla878cda2010-12-02 02:07:15 +00004460 // C99 6.3.2.1:
4461 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
4462 // array type is converted to the value stored in the
4463 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004464 if (E->isRValue()) return Owned(E);
John McCalla878cda2010-12-02 02:07:15 +00004465
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004466 // We always want to do this on ObjC property references.
4467 if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004468 ExprResult Res = ConvertPropertyForRValue(E);
4469 if (Res.isInvalid()) return Owned(E);
4470 E = Res.take();
4471 if (E->isRValue()) return Owned(E);
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004472 }
4473
4474 // Otherwise, this rule does not apply in C++, at least not for the moment.
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004475 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return Owned(E);
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004476
4477 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
4478 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
4479 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
4480 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004481 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).take();
4482 return Owned(E);
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004483 }
4484 }
4485
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004486 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
4487 if (Res.isInvalid())
4488 return Owned(E);
4489 E = Res.take();
4490
John McCall85515d62010-12-04 12:29:11 +00004491 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
4492 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
4493 diag::err_incomplete_type);
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004494 return Owned(E);
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004495}
4496
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004497ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE) {
4498 ExprResult FullExpr = Owned(FE);
4499
4500 if (!FullExpr.get())
Douglas Gregorbebbe0d2010-12-15 01:34:56 +00004501 return ExprError();
John McCallf6a16482010-12-04 03:47:34 +00004502
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004503 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
Douglas Gregord0937222010-12-13 22:49:22 +00004504 return ExprError();
4505
John McCallfb8721c2011-04-10 19:13:55 +00004506 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.take());
4507 if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
4508 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor353ee242011-03-07 02:05:23 +00004509
John Wiegley429bb272011-04-08 18:41:53 +00004510 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.take());
4511 if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
4512 return ExprError();
4513
4514 CheckImplicitConversions(FullExpr.get());
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004515 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
Anders Carlsson165a0a02009-05-17 18:41:29 +00004516}
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbf8cafa2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00004517
4518StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
4519 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
4520
John McCall4765fa02010-12-06 08:20:24 +00004521 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbf8cafa2010-11-02 02:33:08 +00004522}
Francois Pichet1e862692011-05-06 20:48:22 +00004523
4524bool Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4525 UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4526 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
4527 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
4528 if (!TargetName)
4529 return false;
4530
4531 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
4532 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
4533 Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
4534 R.suppressDiagnostics();
4535 LookupParsedName(R, getCurScope(), &SS);
4536 return !R.empty();
4537}